1. business and industrial
2. chemicals industry
3. plastics and polymers

14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Contents
Vials
1169
Ampoules, Septa, Caps 1169
Syringes
1178
Microlitre Syringes 1178
Sample preparation
1184
SPE 1184
Chromatography columns
1212
HPLC 1212 + Flash columns 1239 + Solvent storage/handling 1240 + GC columns 1253 + GC Reagents 1268
Thin-layer chromatography
Plates 1272 + Chambers 1282 + Syringes 1283 + Detection 1285 + Accessories 1288
1168
1272
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1 2 3 4 General informations - vials and caps
1
Materials
MACHEREY-NAGEL
According to the high requirements of chemical analyses, especially with regard to reproducibility combined with high
detection sensivity, the container material for the respective samples is of great importance. In general, for this purpose vials made from glass are used. The hydrolytic resistance of the glass can be taken as a measure for its chemical inertness. Determination of the hydrolytic resistance and the resulting classification of a glass grade are governed
by the German and international industrial standard DIN 12111/ISO 719. Glass grades are classified in hydrolytic
classes .
We supply vials from the following classes:
2
1st hydrolytic class
Glass grades made from borosilicate, such as Duranfi , Pyrexfi , Fiolaxfi and others belong to this group. Glass of this
class, which is often called neutral glass, has a very good chemical resistiance towards acid and neutral solutions. The
relatively low alkali content permits good values for the resistance towards alkaline solutions, too. If nothing else is
stated, the vials of our programm are made from glass of the 1st hydrolytic class (manufactured in accordance with
Eu.Ph. VI Ed., U.S.P. XXV Ed., DAB-10, Ph. Jap. 13).
3rd hydrolytic class, AR glass
Glass of this class, also called soft glass or lime soda glass, has a mediumhydrolytic resistance. For longtime storage
of aqueous and especially alkaline-aqueous samples (for example to use them repeatedly) it
is not recommended. Nevertheless, it can be used for many analytical applications.
3
We supply the following types of sample bottles:
vials with crimp top and corresponding caps
screw thread vials and srew caps
sealing disks for individual combinations of cap and seal
Except for a few frequently used combi packs, vials and caps can be ordered separately, thus allowing a wide range of
possible combinations.
4
Advantages of the DIN crimp top:
Crimp top vials are available with 3 differnt rim heights: 3 mm, DIN crimp top with 3.6 mm and 4mm. When using
only one crimper, tedious adjustments for the different heights are necessary. The standardized DIN crimp top avoids
this problem. The rim height in accordance with DIN 58366 should be 3.6 ±0.2 mm. We supply vials with DIN crimp
top for volumes above 5 ml.
Except where explicitly mentioned, caps with sealing disks are supplied assembled, i. e. ready-to-use.
Seals below the caps are shown for illustration purposes only, and they are pictured upside down.
Physical properties of glass grades
Parameter
1st hydrolytic class
density: 2.64
thermal coefficient of linear expansion (K-1): 60 * 10-7
quenching stability (Δ T in K) in accordance with DIN 52321: 60
internal pressure resistance (bar) in accordance with DIN 52320: at
least 6 bar
Temperature stability of sealing disks and plastic caps
shaped butyl rubber disks, center coated with PTFE
natural rubber
butyl rubber
silicone rubber
PTFE
PE (polyethylene)
PP (polypropylene)
Allowable variation for the thickness of sealing disks: ±0.25 mm.
3rd hydrolytic class
density: 2.5
thermal coefficient of linear expansion (K-1):
85 * 10-7
quenching stability (Δ T in K) in accordance
with DIN 52321: 42
internal pressure resistance (bar) in accordance with DIN 52320: at least 6 bar
120°C (-40°C)
140°C
190°C (-30°C)
200°C (-60°C)
250°C
80°C
120 - 130°C
E & OE.
1169
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1 Crimp top vials and caps
1
Vials with crimp top are injection bottles with rim diameters of 8, 11, 13 or 20mm
which can be closed with crimp caps or PE caps (PE caps only for 11 and 20mm rim
diameters).
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Vials with snap ring design with 11mm rim diameter may be closed with PE snap-on caps or crimp caps.
Conic vials are vials with tapered inner shape for small sample volumes, which can be closed with crimp caps or PE
caps.
Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for application with very small sample volumes. Vials are closed as usual. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic inner
shape (conic vials) mentioned above.
Crimp caps can be used for crimp top vials and for vials with snap ring design. They are available with or without
sealing disks, with centre hole, tear-off middle seal or as tear-off caps. Caps with centre hole are made from aluminium, aluminium with steel insert or steel. The two latter are magnetic.
Additionally we offer a versatile range of sealing disks for crimp caps and PE caps.
Description
PK
Cat. No.
mm
8.2 x 30.0
11.6 x 32.0
11.6 x 32.0
100
100
100
9.003 427
7.086 520
6.700 977
11 / 3
11.6 x 32.0
100
6.700 976
0.20
-
5.5 x 30.0
100
7.401 744
Micro inserts for N11-1 HP and
Snap-ring tubes, fitted with PP
spiral pring
Vials with snap N 11-1, clear*
Vials with snap N 11-1, clear, writing patch*
0.25
-
5.5 x 29.0
100
6.093 247
1.50
1.50
11 / 11 / -
11.5 x 32.5
11.5 x 32.5
100
100
6.073 833
4.001 545
Vials with snap N 11-1, amber, writing patch*
1.50
11 / -
11.5 x 32.5
100
7.059 846
Micro inserts for Snap-ring tubes,
15mm tip, sharply tapering
Micro inserts for Snap-ring tubes, 12mm tip
0.20
-
5.5 x 30.0
100
4.001 546
0.30
-
5.5 x 30.0
100
4.001 547
N-13-4, clear
N 20-6 PE, clear,
conical top edge, rounded base
4.00
6.00
13 / 3.6
20 / 4
14.75 x 45
22 x 38.25
100
100
4.001 529
7.052 186
N 20-20 PE, clear conic rim,
rounded bottom edges
for PE autosamplers, wall 1.2 mm thick
20.00
20 / 4
23 x 75.5
100
7.060 463
N20-20 HP/CTC, clear,
flat crimp top, long neck rounded bottom
edges for PE / CTC and HP
autosamplers
20.00
20 / 3.6
22 x 75.5
100
9.003 453
N 8-08, clear
N 11-1 HP, clear*
N 11-1 HP, clear, with writing patch
and inscription*
N 11-1 HP, amber, writing patch
and inscription*
Micro insert for N11-1 HP, tapered
Capacity
diameter /
height rim
o.d.
x height
ml
0.80
1.50
1.50
mm
8/3
11 / 3
11 / 3
1.50
*wide neck
Snap ring vials N11 can also be used with crimp caps N 11
1170
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
Crimp top vials and caps
Vials with crimp top are injection bottles with rim diameters of 8, 11, 13 or 20 mm which can be closed with crimp caps.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Vials with snap ring design with 11 mm rim diameter may be closed with PE snap-on caps or crimp caps.
Conic vials are vials with tapered inner shape for small sample volumes, which can be closed with crimp caps or PE caps.
Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for application with very small sample volumes.
Vials are closed as usual. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic inner shape (conic vials) mentioned above.
Crimp caps can be used for crimp top vials and for vials with snap ring design. They are available with or without sealing disks,
with centre hole, tear-off middle seal or as tear-off caps. Caps with centre hole are made from aluminium, aluminium with steel insert or steel.
The two latter are magnetic.
Snap ring caps:
Description
N 11 transparent
N 11 blue
N 11 blue
Int. bore
diameter
mm
6.0
6.0
6.0
N 11 blue
Material / Sealing disk
Thickness / Hardness
PK
Cat. No.
mm / Image
1.0 / 60
1.3 / 45
1.0 / 45
100
100
100
7.059 844
4.001 544
6.073 555
1.0 / 55
100
6.073 834
Thickness / Hardness
PK
Cat. No.
mm / Image
1.3 / 45
0.9 / 45
1.3 / 45
100
100
100
9.003 441
9.003 443
9.003 444
1.3
0.9
1.3
1.3
2.0
45
45
45
45
50
100
100
100
100
100
4.001
7.060
9.003
4.001
7.060
nat. rubber orange red/PTFE colourless colourless
silicone rubber white/ PTFE red
Red PTFE/white silicone rubber /red PTFE
6.0 silicone rubber white/ PTFE blue, slotted
Crimp caps:
Description
N 11 TB/oA
N 8 TB/oA-4 aluminium coloured
N 8 TS/oA aluminium coloured
N
N
N
N
N
11
11
11
11
13
TB/oA aluminium coloured
TB/oA-0.9 aluminium coloured
TS/oA aluminium coloured
TS/oA-M magnetic
TB/oA aluminium coloured
Int. bore
diameter
mm
5.6
4.0
4.0
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.0
6.0
Material / Sealing disk
Butyl rubber/PTFE
butyl rubber red/PTFE colourless
silicone rubber white/PTFE red
butyl rubber colourless butyl red/PTFE colourless
butyl rubber red /PTFE colourless
silicone rubber white/PTFE red
silicone rubber white /PTFE red
shaped butyl rubber disk dark grey/PTFE light grey
/
/
/
/
/
523
469
446
564
475
N20 TB/oA, aluminium coloured
N20 TB/oA, aluminium coloured
10.0 Red butyl rubber/grey PTFE
10.0 Light grey butyl rubber/dark grey PTFE
3.0 / 55
3.0 / 50
100
100
9.003 454
4.001 549
N20 TS/oA, aluminium coloured
N 20 TS/oA aluminium coloured
10.0 Blue silicone rubber/colourless PTFE
10.0 silicone rubber beige/PTFE grey
3.0 / 40
3.0 / 60
100
100
4.001 553
9.003 447
N20 TB/HS, aluminium coloured
N20 TS/HS, aluminium coloured
8.0 Red butyl rubber /grey PTFE
8.0 Beige silicone rubber /grey PTFE
3.0 / 55
3.0 / 60
100
100
9.003 455
9.003 456
N20 TB/oA ASM bimetal, magnetic
N20 TS/oA ASM bimetal, magnetic
N20 TS/oA ASM bimetal, magnetic
8.0 Grey butyl rubber/grey PTFE
8.0 Cream silicone rubber/grey PTFE
8.0 Blue silicone rubber /colourless PTFE
3.0 / 50
3.0 / 60
3.0 / 40
100
100
100
9.003 457
9.003 458
6.234 541
Crimp top vials and crimp caps N 11 as combi packs
sealing disks assembled
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
Combipack N 11-1 HP, clear + N 11 N 20 TB/oA coloured aluminium caps and
red butyl rubber / natural PTFE seals
Combipack N 11-1 HP, clear + N 11 N 20 TB/oA coloured aluminium caps and
red silicone / white PTFE seals
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1000
9.003 439
1000
9.003 440
1171
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1
1 Crimp top vials stoppers
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
Rubber stoppers N20 light grey
Rubber stoppers N20 for freeze-drying
2
Hardness
PK
Cat. No.
Image
37
37
100
100
7.060 433
7.076 651
2 Screw thread vials and screw caps
Vials with screwthreads are available in sizes of N 8, N 9 and N 13. They feature a
threaded rim for screw caps.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Conic vials with screwthreads and thick glass walls are micro reaction vials for small sample volumes, which are closed with screw caps.
Micro inserts are used to reduce the volume of standard sample vials for applications with very small sample volumes.
Vials are closed as standard. As an alternative for small volumes you may use the sample vials with conic inner shape
(conic vials) mentioned above.
Screw caps for threaded vials available with or without sealing wads and with or without centre hole.
Additionally we offer a versatile range of sealing wads for screw caps.
Description
Capacity
o.d.
x height
N 8-1, clear*
N 8-1, amber*
N 8-1, amber, label area with scale*
Micro inserts for N 8-1, with mounted PP spring
Micro inserts for N8-1, standard, clear
Micro inserts for N8-1, strongly tapered
Springs for micro inserts 5 x 30 mm
N9-1, clear, wide opening**
N9-1, clear, wide opening, label area with scale**
ml
0.00
1.50
1.50
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.00
1.50
1.50
mm
11.5
11.5 x 32.5
11.5 x 32.5
5 x 29
5 x 30
5 x 30
N9-1, amber, with label area, wide mouth**
N 13-4 G, clear
N 13-4 G, amber
Micro inserts for vials N 13-4 G
Springs for micro inserts 6 x 40 mm
1.50
4.00
4.00
0.30
0.00
11.6
14.75
14.75
6
11.6 x 32
11.6 x 32
x
x
x
x
32
45
45
40
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
9.003
9.003
7.081
4.001
9.003
7.401
7.086
9.003
4.001
481
480
414
556
435
066
408
448
520
100
100
100
100
100
9.003
9.003
7.058
7.055
4.001
449
482
142
486
567
*8-425 thread
**short thread
Combi packs of screw thread vials and screw caps N 8
Sealing wads assembled
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
Combipack N 8-1, clear + N 8, with phenolic
resin screw caps and red / natural seals
Combipack N 8-1, clear + N 8, with phenolic
resin screw caps and red / white seals
1172
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1000
9.003 437
1000
9.003 438
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1 Screw caps N 8, N 9, N 13
1
with or without sealing wads
MACHEREY-NAGEL
N 8 8-425 threads
N 9 short threads
N 13 13-425 threads
Description
N8*
N8*
Int. bore Material / Sealing disk
diameter
mm
5.5 Red butyl rubber/clear PTFE
5.5 Red nat. rubber / colourless PTFE
Thickness / Hardness
PK
Cat. No.
mm / Image
1.3 / 60
1.3 / 60
100
100
9.003 483
6.224 027
N8*
5.5 White silicone rubber / red PTFE w/slit
1.3 / 35
100
6.232 178
N8*
N8*
N8**
N 9 blue*
5.5
5.5
0.0
5.5
White silicone rubber / red PTFE
without seal
without seal
red nat. rubber / colourless PTFE
1.3 / 35
-/-/1.0 / 45
100
100
100
100
9.003
7.060
7.075
9.003
N 9 blue*
N 9 blue*
5.5 White silicone rubber / red PTFE
5.5 White silicone rubber / red PTFE w/slit
1.3 / 35
1.3 / 35
100
100
9.003 451
4.001 521
N 13*
8.5 Nat. rubber / PTFE
1.3 / 60
100
4.001 566
N 13*
8.5 White silicone rubber / red PTFE
1.3 / 35
100
7.510 053
Hardness
PK
Cat. No.
Image
60
35
55
100
100
100
7.060 417
7.060 419
7.085 892
PK
Cat. No.
484
421
960
450
*with centre hole, **witout centre hole
2 Sealing disks N 8
2
Sealing wads for screw caps
Description
N 8 Nat. rubber, red / colourless PTFE
N 8 White silicone rubber / red PTFE
N 8 White silicone rubber / blue PTFE /slit
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Ext.
diam.
mm
8
8
8
Wall
thickness
mm
1.3
1.3
1.0
3 Manual crimpers and opening pliers
3
For tightly closing crimp top vials manually, you need an appropriate crimper, for
MACHEREY-NAGEL
opening the corresponding opening pliers are used. If you have e. g. sample vials with
20 mm rim diameter and the proper crimp caps (e. g. N 20 TB/oA), you can use crimpers N 20 and opening pliers N
20 OE. The crimpers listed below can be adjusted to the respective rim height with the aid of a hexagonal key
(except for the N8 crimper).
Description
PK
8
13
11
20
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
470
473
471
475
Opening pliers
For sample, injection and infusion, crimp top bottles or vials with aluminium, or combination caps.
For dia.
mm
1
1
1
1
11
13
20
E & OE.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
511
367
368
369
1173
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
Containers for vials
available in 3 different sizes for small (N8 to N 11), medium size (N 13) and
large (N 20) vials suited for freezers stackable
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
Cat. No.
81 positions, for vials N 8, N 9 and N 11, with integrated insert; size 130 x 130 x 45 mm, coded, with lid
1
6.225 649
49 positions, for vials N 13, with integrated insert; size 130 x 130 x 50 mm, with lid
1
4.001 527
25 positions, for vials N 20, with removable insert; size 130 x 130 x 80 mm, with lid
1
4.001 528
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
100
9.003 600
9.003 601
9.003 602
PK
Cat. No.
0.10 ml conical, glass
100
9.003 603
0.15 ml conical, glass with POLYSPRING
100
9.003 604
0.25 ml flat bottom, glass
500
9.003 605
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
100
9.003 606
9.003 607
9.003 608
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
500
9.003 609
9.003 610
9.003 611
1 Sample vials, crimp top
1
Transparent borosilicate glass vials.
Choice of clear or amber.
Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.
Crimp top vials, standard neck.
Type
2.0 ml, transparent
2.0 ml, transparent with labelling area
2.0 ml, amber with labelling area
2 3 4 Insert vials
Insert vials, 5 mm diameter, KG-33 borosilicate glass.
Type
2
5
6
3
4
5 6 Sample vials, crimp top
Transparent borosilicate glass vials. Choice of clear or amber.
Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.
Crimp top vials, wide mouth.
Type
2.0 ml, transparent
2.0 ml, transparent with labelling area
2.0 ml, amber with labelling area
7 8 9 Insert vials
Insert vials, 6 mm diameter, KG-33 borosilicate glass.
Type
0.25 ml conical, glass
0.25 ml conical, glass, Polyspring
0.35 ml flat bottom, glass
7
1174
8
9
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1 Alu-caps
1
Aluminium caps for crimp top bottles, standard and wide mouth.
Diameter 11 mm.
Type
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PTFE
PK
sealing rim
/ natural rubber seal
/ Silicone seal
red / Silicone seal
1000
1000
100
100
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
612
613
614
615
2 Seals 2000
2
Coloured aluminium caps with PTFE/rubber seal.
11 mm dia. Other colours available on request.
Colour
Silver
PK
Cat. No.
100
9.003 616
3 4 Sample vials, screwthread top
3
4
With wide mouth.
Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.
Type
2.0 ml transparent
2.0 ml transparent, with labelling area
2.0 ml amber, with labelling area
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
100
9.003 617
9.003 618
9.003 619
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
500
9.003 609
9.003 610
9.003 611
5 6 7 Insert vials
Insert vials, 6 mm diameter.
Type
0.25 ml conical, glass
0.25 ml conical, glass, Polyspring
0.35 ml flat bottom, glass
5
6
7
8 Screwthread caps and septa
8
Diameter 10 mm. Screw cap, open, coloured,
PP.
Colour
PK
Black
Red
Blue
Green
100
100
100
100
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
620
621
622
623
9 Septa
9
Septa. 10 mm
Type
PTFE
PTFE red/Silicone white
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1000
100
9.003 624
9.003 627
1175
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Vials/Ampoules, Septa, Caps
1 2 Sample vials, screwthread top
With standard screw neck.
Supplied with and without labelling area, size 12 x 32 mm.
Type
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
ml
ml
ml
ml
PK
transparent
transparent, with labelling area
amber
amber, with labelling area
1
100
100
100
100
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
629
630
631
632
2
4
3
5
3 4 5 Insert vials
Insert vials, 5 mm diameter.
Type
0.10 ml conical, glass
0.15 ml conical,
glass with Polyspring
0.25 ml flat bottom, glass
PK
Cat. No.
100
100
9.003 603
9.003 604
500
9.003 605
PK
Cat. No.
1000
100
9.003 633
9.003 634
PK
Cat. No.
1000
100
100
9.003 635
9.003 636
9.003 638
7
6
6 7 Screwthread caps and septa
Diameter 8 mm.
Open screwthread cap.
Type
Phenolic, black
PP, black
8
8 Septa
Septa. 8 mm
Type
PTFE
PTFE/Rubber
PTFE red/Silicone white
9
9 Three-layer septa
Low density silicone wad sandwiched between two high density silicone layers.
Working temperature max. 200°C.
Dia.
mm
9.5
10.0
13.0
1176
E & OE.
Hamilton
PK
Cat. No.
12
12
12
9.221 803
9.221 805
9.221 809
Filtration
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Find out about high-quality products for filtration. As one of the leading filter paper manufacturers,
we offer more than 7000 products from the following ranges:
• Quantitative (ashless) filter papers
• Qualitative filter papers
• Glass fibre filters
• Filter papers for technical applications
• Extraction thimbles
• PORAFIL® filter membranes
• CHROMAFIL® syringe filters
• CHROMABOND ® MULTI 96 filters
• Special products and costum-made products
• ... and many more
Quality „Made in Germany“
We produce our filter papers exclusively in Germany. Thereby we guarantee constant high quality
for our customers.
With pride we look back to a almost 100-year-old successful history. Founded in 1911 MACHEREYNAGEL today is a worldwide operating company. We develop and produce a large number of
special products for analytical chemistry.
• Filter and filtration products
• Rapid tests for environmental, process and food analysis
• Test papers for medical urine analysis
• Consumables for chromatography
• Kits for purification of DNA and proteins
Be prepared for the future
Rely on MACHEREY-NAGEL filter papers at any time in the future. As a family-owned company the
friendly expert advice for our highly-valued customers as well as outstanding product quality have
been the cornerstones of our corporate success for almost 100 years.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
1 Syringe Terminations
1
Syringe terminations are offered in a number of different configurations
Hamilton
designed to accommodate a broad range of applications. From cemented to
removable needles, and luer taper /TEFLON luer lock to special syringe fittings, syringe barrel terminations serve a key function at the interface of a syringe and its mating connection.
N, NR (Cemented Needle, Cemented Needle Rheodyne)
Needles are cemented into the glass syringe barrel at a point corresponding to the zero graduation
mark. NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.
LTN (Luer Tip Cemented Needle)
Needles are cemented into the conical glass luer tip of the barrel at a point corresponding to the zero
graduation mark.
SN (Special Needle)
Hamilton offers customized syringes with special needles. State the following details: needle length,
gauge, point style, and whether electro-tapered. Example of a correct specification: 701 SN, 70 mm,
gauge 25, point style 3, not electrotapered. Without these details the corresponding standard syringe
701 N will be supplied.
RN (Removable Needle)
Removable needles seat precisely to the zero graduation mark of the syringe. Allows the use of different specification needles on the same syringe barrel.
LT (Luer Tip)
Ground glass syringe barrel with a male luer taper accepts most hypodermic needles. Use Kel-F hub
needles and connectors for a tight seal.
KH (Knurled Hub)
Removable needle, knurled hub is used on 7000 Series syringes, exclusively. The attachment of a spacer enables repeatable depth injections.
SL (SampleLock)
On/Off syringe valve with RN needle is cemented to a syringe barrel. Used for headspace, environmental sample collection and storage, pre-pressurization of gaseous samples for GC analysis, and
sample spiking.
TLL, TLLX (TEFLON Luer Lock)
Male luer taper with nickel-plated brass hub accepts, and locks in place, luer hub needles and connectors. The X-style plunger stop incorporates a 6-32 UNC female thread on the end of the stop to allow
attachment to drive arm mechanisms, such as on the MICROLAB 500 Series diluters/dispensers.
C (Cheminert)
1/4''-28 UNF, male fitting. Used in low volume applications where system dead volumes need to be
minimized.
AD (AccuDil®)
M8 x 0.75, male fitting. Used with MICROLAB 1000 PLUS diluter/dispenser.
DAD (Diluter AccuDil®)
M8 x 0.75 male fitting with M6 x 1 side port. Used with MICROLAB 1000 PLUS diluter/dispenser.
1178
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
1 Microlitre syringes, Needle Types
Point Style 2:
12° bevelled non-coring needle point recommended for septum
penetration. Ideal for gas chromatographic applications.
Hamilton
1
Point Style 3:
Blunt needle point (90°) for use with HPLC injection valves. Also recommended for applications where
exact dosing is required (e.g. thin layer chromatographs).
Point Style 4:
10-12° bevelled needle point recommended for life science applications; special point styles such as
12°, and 45° are available on request
Point Style 5:
Conical needle with side port for penetration of septa, thin-gauged vinyls and plastics without coring;
minimizes septum damage
Point Style AS:
Special conical style needle point (8° taper) designed to
withstand the demands of multiple injections; exclusively used on
GC autosampler syringes
2 Microlitre syringes, 700 series
2
With fixed needle (N, NR). NR stands for syringes with Rheodyne specified needles.
Plungers are individually fitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not available
as replacement parts. Needles are electro-tapered.
Needle length
Type
75 N
701 N
701 N, Unit = 6
702 N
705 N
710 N
725 N
750 N
75 N
701 N
702 NR
705 NR
710 NR
725 NR
750 N
Hamilton
51 mm
Capacity
µl
5
10
10
25
50
100
250
500
5
10
25
50
100
250
500
Gauge
Point style
26s
26s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
22s
26s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
22
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
PK
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(GC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
(HPLC)
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
6.055
001
002
010
003
004
005
006
007
011
012
013
014
015
016
335
3 Microlitre syringes, 700 series
3
- 5 µl - 500 µl
- For use with liquids
- Cemented needles (N), removable needles (RN9, or luer tip (LT)
- Plungers and Syringe barrels are not interchangeable or replaceable
- Tight tolerances between the plunger and the barrel
Needle length
51mm
Point style
2 (GC)
Type
75 RN
701 RN
701 RN, Unit = 6
702 RN
705 RN
710 RN
725 RN
750 RN
701 LT
702 LT
705 LT
710 LT
725 LT
750 LT
Capacity
µl
5
10
10
25
50
100
250
500
10
25
50
100
250
500
Gauge
Point style
26s
26s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
22
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
22
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Hamilton
PK
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
6.059
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
080
081
899
082
083
084
085
086
021
022
023
024
025
026
1179
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
1
1 Needles for RN syringes
Removable. Not for use in HPLC applications.
Length
Point style
51 mm
2
Type
Ext.
dia.
mm
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
7758-02
7758-03
7779-01
7779-03
2
Hamilton
Int.
dia.
mm
0.13
0.15
0.41
0.15
Gauge
26s
22s
22s
22s
Volume
PK
litres
2.5 µl to 100 µl
2.5 µl to 100 µl
250 µl to 10 ml
250 µl to 10 ml
6
6
6
6
Gauge
Needle length
Point style
Type
85 N
801 N
802 N
805 N
810 N
825 N
26s
51 mm
2 (GC)
Capacity
µl
5
10
25
50
100
250
Gauge
Point style
26s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
2
2
2
2
2
2
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
105
110
111
112
113
114
3 Microlitre syringes, 800 series
Gauge
Needle length
Point style
Type
85 RN
801 RN
802 RN
805 RN
810 RN
825 RN
85 RN
801 RN
810 RN
85 RN B/P
801 RN B/P
Hamilton
26s
51mm
2 (GC)
Capacity
µl
5
10
25
50
100
250
5
10
100
5
10
Gauge
Point style
26s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
26s
26s
22s
2
2
2
2
2
2
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
6.222
6.231
6.803
9.221
9.221
115
116
117
118
119
120
013
153
384
171
172
4 Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series
Glass barrel with Teflon-coated plunger, seal and with Luer Tip (LT).
Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle. MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage to
the Teflon seal. Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.
Type
1710
1725
1750
1001
1002
1005
1180
692
693
694
695
Hamilton
Type RN are equipped with metal plunger handles and removable needles.
Type RN B/P are syringes only without metal plunger (replacement syringes).
4
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
2 Microlitre syringes, 800 series
With cemented-in, standard needles (N). With metal handle. Plungers are individually
fitted, therefore cannot be interchanged and are not available as replacement parts.
Needles are electro-tapered.
3
Cat. No.
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
LT
Hamilton
Capacity
Grad.
PK
µl
100
250
500
1000
2500
5000
µl
1
5
10
10
50
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
210
225
250
251
252
255
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
1 Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series
1
Glass barrel with Teflon-coated plunger and seal, and Luer lock outlet (TLL). TLLX with
6-32 UNC female thread. Allows attachment to drive arm mechanisms, e.g. Microlab
500 Series diluters/dispensers.
Hamilton
Gas-tight microlitre syringe without needle. MS = Plunger stop fitted to prevent damage to the Teflon seal.
Prevents the plunger tip from reaching the end of the syringe.
Type
1702
1705
1710
1725
1750
1001
1001
1001
1002
1005
1010
1025
1025
TLLX
TLLX
TLLX/MS
TLLX/MS
TLLX/MS
TLL
TLL/MS
TLLX
TLL
TLL
TLL
TLL
TLL
Capacity
Grad.
PK
µl
25
50
100
250
500
1000
1000
1000
2500
5000
10000
25000
25000
µl
0.25
0.5
1
5
10
10
20
0.01
50
100
200
500
0.25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
300
305
310
315
320
348
325
328
330
335
340
347
345
2 Needles for LT/TLL/TLLX syringes
2
Removable. With Luer tip made of Kel-F. All hypodermic needles available according to
specification in 3 mm to max. 1200 mm lengths.
Needle length
Type
KF
KF
KF
KF
KF
KF
726
722
719
710
722 S
722 PsT 3
Hamilton
51 mm
Ext.
dia.
mm
0.5
0.7
1.1
3.4
0.7
0.7
Int.
dia.
mm
0.30
0.40
0.70
0.70
0.20
0.40
Gauge
Point style
26
22
19
10
22s
22
2
2
2
2
3
3
PK
6
6
6
6
6
6
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
626
622
619
610
607
722
3 Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series
3
Gas-tight microlitre syringes with removable needle (RN).
Needle length
Point style
Type
1701
1702
1705
1710
1725
1750
1001
1002
RN
RN
RN
RN
RN
RN
RN
RN
Hamilton
51 mm
2 (GC)
Capacity
µl
10
25
50
100
250
500
100
2500
Gauge
26
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
s
s
s
s
s
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
4 Microlitre syringes, 1700/1000 series
4
With Teflon plunger seal.
Gastight microlitre syringes with cemented-in needles (N).
Needles are electro-tapered (LTN).
Needle length
Point style
Type
1701
1702
1705
1710
1725
1750
1001
1002
1005
1010
N
N
N
N
N
LTN
LTN
LTN
LTN
LTN
Hamilton
51 mm
2 (GC)
Capacity
µl
10
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2500
5000
10000
Gauge
26
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
PK
s
s
s
s
s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
448
449
450
455
460
465
470
475
480
485
1181
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
1800 Series Gastight Syringes
10 µl - 250 µl
- For use with gases and liquids
- Removable needles (RN) or cemented needles (N)
- Precision-machined Teflon PTFE-tipped plungers
- Reinforced plungers
- Plunger assemblies and glass barrels are replaceable
Type
1801
1802
1805
1810
1825
1801
1802
1805
1810
1825
1
Capacity
µl
10
25
50
100
250
10
25
50
100
250
N
N
N
N
N
RN
RN
RN
RN
RN
Gauge
Point style
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
26s
22s
22s
22s
22s
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Hamilton
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
836
837
838
839
840
831
832
833
834
835
1 Microlitre syringes, 7000 series
- 0.5 µL - 5 µL
- For use with liquids
- Removable needles (KH)
- Positive displacement
- Sample contained in the needle
- No dead volume
- Replaceable syringe parts
Needle length
70 mm
Type
Capacity
µl
0,5
1,0
1,0
2,0
2,0
5,0
0,5
0,5
1,0
1,0
2,0
2,0
5,0
7000.5 KH
7001 KH
7101 KH
7002 KH
7102 KH
7105 KH
7000.5OC KH
7000.5 KH
7001 KH
7101 KH
7002 KH
7102 KH
7105 KH
Hamilton
Gauge
Point style
50
47
70
50
63
56
23
50
47
70
50
63
56
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
6.700
9.221
6.802
6.204
6.801
9.221
9.221
9.221
6.802
9.221
9.221
9.221
6.050
111
121
391
624
037
125
590
126
598
131
122
132
160
Spare unit for Microlitre syringes, 7000 series
Hamilton
Type
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
Spare
2
PK
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
for
for
for
for
for
for
syringes
syringes
syringes
syringes
syringes
syringes
7000.5
7001
7002
7105
7101
7102
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
9.221
181
182
183
184
185
186
2 Microlitre syringe needles for HPLC
Removable. For use with Rheodyne valves and Valco system VSF 2.
Fit Hamilton syringes from 5 to 100 µl capacity.
Gauge
Needle length
Point style
Type
7770-01
1182
Cat. No.
Hamilton
22s
51 mm
3 (HPLC)
Volume
PK
Cat. No.
litres
2.5 µl to 100 µl
6
9.221 603
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Syringes/Microlitre Syringes
Microlitre syringes for GC-autosamplers
With cemented-in needles (N).
For GC-autosamplers:
- Hewlett-Packard 7670 A, 7671 A, 7672 A.
Gauge
26s
Needle length
51 mm
Point style
2 (GC)
Type
701 N
1701 N
Hamilton
Capacity
µl
10
10
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.221 002
9.221 448
1 Microlitre syringe for GC-Autosampler
1
With cemented-in needles (N).
For Autosampler:
- Hewlett-Packard 7673 A.
Gauge:
23s
Neddle length:
43 mm
Point style:
AS (GC)
Type
701 ASN 23S
Hamilton
Capacity
µl
10
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.221 196
2 Microlitre syringes, repeat dispensing device
2
For syringes 25 µl to 2.5 ml. Dispenses 2 % of total syringe volume each time the
plunger is depressed.
Type
PB 600-1
Hamilton
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.221 650
We can supply this
manufactorer’s
whole
product range !
E & OE.
1183
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Basic principles of SPE
SPE is a form of digital (step-wise) chromatography designed to extract,
partition, and / or adsorb one or more components from a liquid phase
(sample) onto a stationary phase (adsorbent or resin). An adsorbed substance can be removed from the adsorbent by step-wise increase of elution
strength of the eluent (step gradient technique). SPE extends a chromatographic system’s lifetime, improves qualitative and quantitative analysis, and the demand placed on an analytical instrument is considerably
lessened.
In general, SPE is used for three important purposes in stateof-the-art analyses:
Solid phase extraction (SPE) is a powerful method for sample preparation
and is used by most chromatographers today.
More than 20 years ago MACHEREY-NAGEL designed and introduced
CHROMABOND® SPE cartridges containing silica-based adsorbents. Since
then we developed the widest range of phases and products for SPE based
on silica and polymeric materials.
SPE has capabilities in a broad range of applications:
organic chemistry
removal of interfering compounds
(protection of subsequent analyses like HPLC, GC, TLC, UV or IR
spectroscopy, …)
changing an analyte’s environment to a simpler matrix more suitable for subsequent analyses
Advantages of SPE compared to classical liquid-liquid extraction:
lower consumption of solvents
food analysis
faster – enormous time savings
lower costs per sample
potential for automation
ge
il
So
Ve
ta
bl
e
Ta
ble
Bl
ts
oo
d
Ur
ine
high consistency in individual sample handling
Drinking water
d
Foo
Solid phase extraction
environmental analyses
pharmaceutical and biochemical analyses
concentration of the analyte
(up to factor 10.000 - increase of chromatographic sensibility /
improved limits of detection)
te
as
W
PRUHVSHFL¿FVHOHFWLYLW\EHFDXVHRIWKHEURDGUDQJHRIDGVRUEHQWV
and different retention mechanisms
optimisation of extraction by variation or adjusting of the solid
phase and chromatographic conditions
l
oi
Fruit
Separation of food additives
1. Acesulfam K
2. Saccharin
3. Benzoic acid
4. Sorbic acid
5. Aspartam
1
Pesticides
PAHs
PCBs
Drugs
Dyes
Vitamins
1184
2
3
4
5
before SPE
after SPE
time [min] A
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Basic principles of SPE
CHROMABOND®
CHROMAFIX®
sample reservoir
CHROMABOND® LV
CHROMABOND® MULTI 96
sample reservoir
/XHU¿WWLQJIHPDOH
polypropylene or glass
84
72.3
1°
SRO\SURS\OHQHPO
90
.
DGVRUEHQW
/XHUWLS ¿OWHU
male HOHPHQWV
¿OWHU
HOHPHQWV
DGVRUEHQW
DGVRUEHQW
/XHUWLS ¿OWHU
HOHPHQWV
DGVRUEHQW
/XHUWLS ¿OWHU
HOHPHQWV
Solid phase extraction
Design of columns, cartridges and 96-well plates
All CHROMABOND® FROXPQVFDUWULGJHVDQGZHOOSODWHVDUHPDQXIDFWXUHGIURPSRO\SURS\OHQH33ZLWKORZHVWFRQWHQWRIH[WUDFWDEOHVSODVWLFL]
HUVVWDELOLVHUV«RIIHULQJEODQNYDOXHIUHHUHVXOWVE\XVDJHRIPRVWFRPPRQVROYHQWV7KHKLJKTXDOLW\&+520$%21'®DGVRUEHQWVDUHNHSWLQSODFH
E\FKHPLFDOO\YHU\LQHUWSRO\HWK\OHQH¿OWHUHOHPHQWV3(VWDQGDUGSRUHVL]H—P
CHROMABOND® polypropylene columns
CHROMABOND® LV columns
33FROXPQVZLWK3(¿OWHUHOHPHQWV
ODUJHYROXPH33FROXPQVZLWK3(¿OWHUHOHPHQWV
GLIIHUHQWVL]HVIURPXSWRPO
WKUHHGLIIHUHQWDGVRUEHQWZHLJKWVDQGPJ
DGVRUEHQWZHLJKWVIURPPJWRJ
IXQQHOVKDSHGUHVHUYRLUZLWKPOYROXPH
PDOHOXHUWLSDVH[LW
HVSHFLDOO\IRUFOLQLFDOVDPSOHVWKHZKROHVDPSOHHJXULQHVHUXP
EORRGFDQEHDSSOLHGWRWKHFROXPQLQRQHVWHS
FRPSDWLEOHZLWKPRVWURERWV
HJ*LOVRQ$63(&Œ&DOLSHU$XWR7UDFH®«
FDQEHGLUHFWO\XVHGLQWKH=\PDWH®ODEURERWVRI=\PDUN
CHROMABOND® glass columns
CHROMABOND® MULTI 96 · SPE in 96-well format
JODVVFROXPQVZLWKFKHPLFDOO\YHU\LQHUWJODVV¿EUH¿OWHUHOHPHQWV
QRPLQDOSRUHVL]H—P
WZRGLIIHUHQWVL]HVDQGPO
ZHOOSRO\SURS\OHQHSODWHVZLWK3(¿OWHUHOHPHQWV
DGVRUEHQWZHLJKWVIURPWRPJ
VXSSOLHGZLWKDQ\&+520$%21'®63(DGVRUEHQWV
DYDLODEOHZLWKDOO&+520$%21'®SKDVHV
H[FOXGHVDQ\LQÀXHQFHIURPWKHFROXPQPDWHULDOHJSODVWLFL]HUV«
CHROMAFIX® cartridges
IRUVLPXOWDQHRXVSUHSDUDWLRQRIVDPSOHV
HDV\PHWKRGWUDQVIHUIURP&+520$%21'® columns or CHROMAFIX®
FDUWULGJHVWR&+520$%21'®08/7,
UHDGLO\DGDSWDEOHWRDOOFRPPRQDXWRPDWHGURERWLFKDQGOLQJV\V
WHPV
33FDUWULGJHVZLWK3(¿OWHUHOHPHQWV
WKUHHGLIIHUHQWVL]HVZLWKGLIIHUHQWDGVRUEHQWZHLJKWV Small
POMHGLXPPOLDUJHPO
IHPDOH/XHUWLSDWWKHLQOHWPDOH/XHUWLSDVH[LW
RIIHUVDOWHUQDWLYHZD\RIKDQGOLQJXVLQJSRVLWLYHSUHVVXUHE\V\ULQJHV
RUSHULVWDOWLFSXPSV
HVSHFLDOO\VXLWHGIRUFRQYHQLHQWVROLGSKDVHH[WUDFWLRQRIVPDOOVDPSOH
volumes
E & OE.
1185
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Summary of MN phases for SPE
Phase
Matrix
RP phases
HR-X
36'9%
Easy
36'9%
0RGL¿FDWLRQ$SSOLFDWLRQ
PS-RP
36'9%
UHPRYDORIRUJDQLFFRPSRQHQWV
&HF
VLOLFD
RFWDGHF\OHQGFDSSHG
&
VLOLFD
RFWDGHF\OQRWHQGFDSSHG
(19,&KURP36WUDWDŒ;2DVLV®+/%1H[XV
6WUDWDŒ;2DVLV®+/%3RUDSDNŒ5';1H[XV%RQG(OXW®33/
)RFXVŒ6W\UH6FUHHQ®'9%%DNHUERQGŒ+22SKLOLF'9%
,VROXWH®(19
6WUDWDŒ6'%/%RQG(OXW®(19%RQG(OXW®/06'&636'9%
(1936'9%%DNHUERQGŒ+22SKRELF'9%,VROXWH®
6WUDWDŒ&(6HS3DN®W&%RQG(OXW®&'6&/W
(19,/&&/($183®&%DNHUERQG®2FWDGHF\O,VROXWH
&(&/L&KUROXW53(
6WUDWDŒ&8$FFXERQG®&%DNHUERQGŒ3RODU3OXV,VROXWH®
&/L&KUROXW®53
SRODUELIXQFWLRQDO
&+\GUD VLOLFD
&
VLOLFD
RFWDGHF\OQRWHQGFDSSHGIRUSRODUDQDO\WHV
RFW\O
&6H5
SKHQ\O
VLOLFD
6LPLODUSKDVHV
XQPRGL¿HG
NH2
VLOLFD
DPLQRSURS\O
2+
&1
VLOLFD
VLOLFD
GLRO
&\DQR
6WUDWDŒ6L%RQG(OXW®VLOLFD'6&6L/&6L&/($183®VLOLFD
$FFXERQG®VLOLFD%DNHUERQGŒVLOLFDJHO,VROXWH®VLOLFD/L&KUROXW®6L
6WUDWDŒ1+26HS3DN®1+2%RQG(OXW1+2'6&1+2/&1+2
&/($183®DPLQRSURS\O$FFXERQG®1+2%DNHUERQGŒDPLQR
,VROXWH®1+2/L&KUROXW®1+2
'6&'LRO/&'LRO$FFXERQG®'LRO2+
6WUDWDŒ&16HS3DN®&1%RQG(OXW®&18'6&&1/&&1
&/($183®&1$FFXERQG®&1%DNHUERQGŒF\DQR,VROXWH®&1
/L&KUROXW®&1
/&$OXPLQD$1%$FFXERQG®DOXPLQLXPR[LGH$1%
6WUDWDŒ)/356HS3DN®)ORULVLO®%RQG(OXW®)ORULVLO®(19,
)ORULVLO®/&)ORULVLO®&/($183®)ORULVLO®$FFXERQG®)ORULVLO®
%DNHUERQGŒ)ORULVLO®,VROXWH®)//L&KUROXW®)ORULVLO®
'3$6
$OR[$1% DOXPLQLXPR[LGHDFLGLFQHXWUDOEDVLF
)ORULVLO® PDJQHVLXPVLOLFDWH
3$
SRO\DPLGH
Ion exchangers
6%
VLOLFD
TXDWHUQDU\DPPRQLXPDQLRQH[FKDQJHU6$;
6$
VLOLFD
EHQ]HQHVXOSKRQLFDFLGFDWLRQH[FKDQJHU6&;
36$
+5;&
VLOLFD
36'9%
6WUDWDŒ6$;6HS3DN®6$;%RQG(OXW®6$;'6&6$;/&6$;
&/($183®4XDWHUQDU\$PLQH$FFXERQG®6$;%DNHUERQGŒ
4XDWHUQDU\$PLQH,VROXWH®6$;/L&KUROXW®6$;
6WUDWDŒ6&;%RQG(OXW®6&;'6&6&;/&6&;&/($183®
%HQ]HQHVXOIRQLF$FLG$FFXERQG®6&;%DNHUERQGŒ$URPDWLF
6XOIRQLF$FLG,VROXWH®6&;/L&KUROXW®6&;
SURS\OVXOSKRQLFDFLGFDWLRQH[FKDQJHU
VWURQJPL[HGPRGHFDWLRQH[FKDQJHUIRUEDVLFDQ
DO\WHV0&;
362+–
36'9%
VWURQJDQLRQH[FKDQJHU2+–IRUP
PS-H
36'9%
VWURQJFDWLRQH[FKDQJHU+IRUP
36$J
36'9%
VWURQJFDWLRQH[FKDQJHU$JIRUP
36%D 36'9%
VWURQJFDWLRQH[FKDQJHU%DIRUP
Phases for special applications
'UXJ
VLOLFD
ELIXQFWLRQDO&6$IRUHQULFKPHQWRIGUXJVIURPXULQH
'UXJ,,
2DVLV®0$;
2DVLV®0&;6WUDWDŒ;&
6WUDWDŒ6FUHHQ&%RQG(OXW®&HUWLI\,'6&0&$;&OHDQ
6FUHHQ®'$8$FFXERQG®(YLGH[%DNHUERQGŒ1DUF,VROXWH®
+&;/L&KUROXW®76&
6WUDWDŒ6FUHHQ$%RQG(OXW&HUWLI\,,&OHDQ6FUHHQ®7+&
%DNHUERQG®1DUF,VROXWH®+$;
ELIXQFWLRQDO&6%IRUH[WUDFWLRQRI7+&DQGGHULYD
WLYHVDVZHOODVDFLGLFDQDO\WHVIURPELRORJLFDOÀXLGV
&16L2+ VLOLFD
FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHIRU3$+VIURPVRLO
NH2& VLOLFD
FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHIRU3$+VIURPZDWHU
Na2624)ORULVLO®
FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHIRUH[WUDFWLRQRIK\GURFDUERQVIURP
ZDWHU',1+,62',6
6$6L2+ VLOLFD
FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHIRU3&%VIURPZDVWHRLO
6L2++ VLOLFD
FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHWRJHWKHUZLWK6L2+IRUHQULFKPHQW
6$
RI3&%VIURPRLO
1$1
VLOLFD$J12 FRPELQDWLRQSKDVHIRUHQULFKPHQWRI3&%VIURPVOXGJH
1D2624
'LDPLQR VLOLFD
pULPDU\DQGsHFRQGDU\DPLQHIXQFWLRQV36$IRUGH 6XSHOFOHDQ36$%RQG(OXW36$
WHUPLQDWLRQRISHVWLFLGHVLQIRRG4X(&K(56PHWKRG
SKDVHVZKLFKSURYLGHDVLPLODUVHOHFWLYLW\EDVHGRQFKHPLFDORUSK\VLFDOSURSHUWLHVOLVWQRWFRPSOHWH
1186
VLOLFD
2DVLV®0&;6WUDWDŒ;&6W\UH6FUHHQ®'%;
E & OE.
Solid phase extraction
Normal phases
6L2+
VLOLFD
6WUDWDŒ&6HS3DN®&%RQG(OXW®&'6&(19,/&
&/($183®&$FFXERQG®&%DNHUERQGŒ2FW\O,VROXWH&(&
6WUDWDŒ3+%RQG(OXW®3+'6&3K&/($183®3KHQ\O
$FFXERQG®3KHQ\O%DNHUERQGŒ3KHQ\O,VROXWH3+(&
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi HR-X
1
hydrophobic polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer
MACHEREY-NAGEL
pH stability 1 to14
high-purity material with highest reproducibility and lowest blank values due to a novel manufacturing process
spherical particles 85µm; pore size 55 to 60Å
very high surface 1000m²/g
capacity 390mg/g (caffeine in water)
excellent recovery rates especially for the enrichment of pharmaceuticals/active ingredients due to the spherical
structure of the particles, very homogeneous surface, and optimised pore structure
recommended applications:
pharmaceuticals/active ingredients from tablets, creams and water/waste water
drugs and pharmaceuticals from urine, blood, serum and plasma
trace analysis of pesticides
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
30
60
100
200
200
500
500
500
1000
200
200
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20
20
250
250
ml
1
3
1
3
6
3
6
15
15
3
6
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
808
811
809
807
814
813
818
819
820
806
815
BIGpacks: 4.003 806/4.003 815
Highest reproducibility
within each batch
Compounds:
Standard protocol for method development with
CHROMABOND® HR-X
Column type:
CHROMABOND® HR-X
3 ml / 200 mg
Sample pretreatment: if necessary, adjust pH value
Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol
Equilibration: 5 ml water
Sample application: slowly aspirate the sample through the column
Column washing:POZDWHU±PHWKDQROYY
Elution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol
from batch to batch
100
A phenobarbital
B pentobarbital
C hexobarbital
50
0
A B C
A B C
A B C
Batch 1
Batch 2
Batch 3
Further analysis: if necessary, evaporate and redissolve in a suitable
VROYHQW+3/&RU*&
Barbiturates from serum
Column type:
®
CHROMABOND HR-X
3 ml / 200 mg
Sample:QJPOHDFKLQVHUXP
Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol, 5 ml dist. water
Sample application: 1 ml spiked serum
Column washing: 5 ml water
Elution: after drying 3 x 2 ml methanol
Further analysis: +3/&RQ18&/(2'85®&18 ec, see MN Appl.
1R
01$SSO1R
E & OE.
01$SSO1R
1187
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Chromabondfi Easy
MACHEREY-NAGEL
polar modified polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymer with a weak anion
exchanger
Specific surface 650 to 700 m²/g, particle size 80µm, pore size 50 Å, pH stability 1 to 14. Due to bifunctional modification much more hydrophilic than conventional polystyrene-divinylbenzene polymers and thus easily wettable with
water.
recommended applications:
- polar herbicides/pesticides from water (acidic, neutral, basic)
- polar phenols from water
- polyaromatic compounds
- polychlorinated biphenyls
- drug analysis from urine, blood, serum, plasma pharmaceuticals/active ingredients from tablets, creams
Due to the bifunctional modification CHROMABONDfi Easy is considerably more hydrophilic than conventional polystyrene-divinylbenzene polymers and thus easily wettable with water. The Easy effect: Aqueous samples can be loaded
directly without preconditioning! This means that little or even no conditioning is needed, in contrast to standard SPE
materials, where recovery rates normally decrease, in the worst case down to zero! Depending on the separation task
conditioning may be required and is recommended for method development. A positive side effect of the excellent
wettability: there is no decrease of recovery rates, if the cartridge runs dry, therefore automation is easier or, in some
cases compared to silica materials only feasible with CHROMABONDfi Easy, because a permanent vacuum can be used
without supervision.
Further advantages of using a polymeric material:
- high surface, this means very high binding capacity (2 5 times higher than silica-based adsorbents)
- less adsorbent is needed in the cartridge (without losing sensitivity or recovery)
- faster analysis, because the height of the adsorbent bed can be reduced
- acidic or basic solvents (e. g. TFA) do not destroy the phase, or lead to unintended side products
Because of the polar modification the material is suitable for a broad range of compounds
(acidic, neutral, basic, polar and nonpolar substances). Highly reproducible recovery rates can be obtained,
even if the cartridge runs dry (especially advantageous when using 96-well plates, where stopcocks are not available!)
Capacity
ml
1
3
1
3
6
3
6
15
15
3
6
Capacity
PK
mg
30
60
100
200
200
500
500
500
1000
200
200
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
20
20
250
250
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.226
6.234
4.003
6.224
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
719
721
720
452
375
728
850
726
727
723
724
BIGpacks: 4.003 723/4.003 724
'XH WR WKH ELIXQFWLRQDO PRGL¿FDWLRQ &+520$%21'® (DV\
LVFRQVLGHUDEO\PRUHK\GURSKLOLFWKDQFRQYHQWLRQDOSRO\VW\
UHQHGLYLQ\OEHQ]HQHSRO\PHUVDQGWKXVHDVLO\ZHWWDEOHZLWK
ZDWHU
The Easy effect:
DTXHRXVVDPSOHVFDQEHORDGHGGLUHFWO\ZLWKRXWSUHFRQ
ditioning!7KLVPHDQVWKDWOLWWOHRUHYHQQRFRQGLWLRQLQJLV
QHHGHG LQ FRQWUDVW WR VWDQGDUG 63( PDWHULDOV ZKHUH UH
FRYHU\UDWHVQRUPDOO\GHFUHDVHLQWKHZRUVWFDVHGRZQWR
]HUR'HSHQGLQJRQWKHVHSDUDWLRQWDVNFRQGLWLRQLQJPD\EH
UHTXLUHGDQGLVUHFRPPHQGHGIRUPHWKRGGHYHORSPHQW
$SRVLWLYHVLGHHIIHFWRIWKHH[FHOOHQWZHWWDELOLW\
WKHUHLVQRGHFUHDVHRIUHFRYHU\UDWHVLIWKHFDUWULGJHUXQV
GU\WKHUHIRUHDXWRPDWLRQLVHDVLHURULQVRPHFDVHV±FRP
SDUHGWRVLOLFDPDWHULDOV±RQO\IHDVLEOHZLWK&+520$%21'®
(DV\ EHFDXVH D SHUPDQHQW YDFXXP FDQ EH XVHG ZLWKRXW
VXSHUYLVLRQ
1188
E & OE.
)XUWKHUDGYDQWDJHVRIDSRO\PHULFPDWHULDO
KLJKVXUIDFHWKLVPHDQVYHU\KLJKELQGLQJFDSDFLW\
±WLPHVKLJKHUWKDQVLOLFDEDVHGDGVRUEHQWV
OHVVDGVRUEHQWLVQHHGHGLQWKHFDUWULGJHZLWKRXW
ORVLQJVHQVLWLYLW\RUUHFRYHU\
IDVWHUDQDO\VLVEHFDXVHWKHKHLJKWRIWKHDGVRUE
HQWEHGFDQEHUHGXFHG
DFLGLFRUEDVLFVROYHQWVHJ7)$GRQRWGHVWUR\
WKHSKDVHRUOHDGWRXQLQWHQGHGVLGHSURGXFWV
%HFDXVHRIWKHSRODUPRGL¿FDWLRQWKHPDWHULDOLVVXLWDEOH
IRUDEURDGUDQJHRIFRPSRXQGVDFLGLFQHXWUDOEDVLF
SRODU DQG QRQSRODU VXEVWDQFHV +LJKO\ UHSURGXFLEOH
UHFRYHU\UDWHVDUHREWDLQHGHYHQLIWKHFDUWULGJHUXQV
GU\HVSHFLDOO\DGYDQWDJHRXVZKHQXVLQJZHOOSODWHV
ZKHUHVWRSFRFNVDUHQRWDYDLODEOH
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi C18 ec
1
octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE, endcapped
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm for C18 ec, 100µm for C18 ec f
(for fast flow),
specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
octadecyl phases, endcapped, carbon content 14%
very non-polar, hydrophobic interactions with a wide variety of organic compounds
advantageous for clean-up of samples with large structural variations (polarity differences)
recommended applications:
non-polar compounds
aflatoxins, amphetamines, antibiotics, antiepileptics, barbiturates, caffeine, drugs, preservatives,
fatty acids, nicotine, PAHs, pesticides, PCBs, heavy metals, vitamins
very well suited for desalting of samples
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
6
6
6
15
45
70
3
6
6
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
2000
2000
5000
10000
500
500
1000
100
50
50
30
30
30
20
20
10
250
250
250
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.701
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
442
444
448
451
454
243
603
604
560
446
450
452
BIGpacks: 4.003 446/4.003 450/4.003 452
2 Chromafixfi C18 ec
2
Columns for C18 ec
Size
S
M
L
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
270
530
950
50
50
50
4.003 839
4.003 840
4.003 841
E & OE.
1189
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1
1 CHROMABONDfi C18
octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE, not endcapped
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm for C18, 100µm for C18 f (for fast flow),
specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8 octadecyl phases, not endcapped, carbon content 14% similar to C18 ec,
however possesses more free silanols (SiOH), which allow secondary interactions with polar groups of the analytes
recommended applications:
non-polar compounds
pesticides
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
2000
2000
5000
10000
500
500
1000
100
50
50
30
30
30
20
20
10
250
250
250
ml
1
3
3
6
6
6
15
45
70
3
6
6
2
6.226
9.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.700
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
798
487
434
436
438
512
464
747
561
433
435
437
2 CHROMAFIXfi C18
columns for C18
Size
S
M
L
3
Cat. No.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
270
530
950
50
50
50
7.083 665
7.079 617
4.003 838
3 Chromabondfi C18 Hydra
octadecyl modified silica phase for SPE of polar analytes
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
special octadecyl phase for polar analytes, not endcapped, carbon content 15%
recommended applications:
more polar compounds like pesticides and their polar degradation products,
phenols, phenoxycarboxylic acids,
nitroaromatics, pharmaceuticals
Capacity
ml
1
1
3
3
6
3
6
6
6
1190
Capacity
PK
mg
50
100
200
500
500
1000
1000
2000
3000
100
100
50
50
30
50
30
30
30
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
565
566
567
569
573
571
575
576
577
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi C8
1
octyl modified silica phase for SPE, not endcapped
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
octyl phase, not endcapped, carbon content 8%
similar to C18, however slightly more polar
secondary interactions with polar compounds are more pronounced due to shorter alkyl chains
recommended applications:
pesticides, PCBs
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
6
6
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
100
50
50
30
30
Cat. No.
4.003
6.203
4.003
4.003
6.224
460
672
461
462
849
2 CHROMABONDfi C6H5
2
phenyl modified silica phase for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
phenyl phase, carbon content 8%
polarity similar to C8
in addition to hydrophobic interactions more selective adsorption is possible by Π-Π interactions due to the electron
density of the phenyl ring
recommended applications:
aflatoxins
caffeine
phenols
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
100
200
500
100
50
50
4.003 491
4.003 608
6.224 848
3 Chromabondfi CN
3
cyanopropyl modified silica phase for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
cyanopropyl phase, carbon content 5.5%
polar to mid-polar
in addition to weak hydrophobic interactions selective interactions are possible due to the high electron density of the
CN group
recommended application:
cyclosporins
carbohydrates
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
100
200
500
100
50
50
4.003 473
4.003 611
4.003 474
E & OE.
1191
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1
1 Chromabondfi NH2
aminopropyl modified silica phase for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
aminopropyl phase, carbon content 3.5%
polar, weak anion exchanger
recommended applications:
trace elements
lipids
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
500
100
50
50
30
30
250
ml
1
3
3
6
6
3
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
6.205
4.003
4.003
4.003
465
609
143
533
678
466
BIGpacks: 4.003 466
2
2 Chromabondfi OH
diol modified silica phase for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
diol phase, carbon content 5.5%
polar
properties similar to SiOH
recommended application:
antibiotics
prostaglandins
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
6
3
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
100
50
50
30
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.224
470
610
471
847
3 Chromabondfi SiOH
unmodified silica phase for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
unmodified, weakly acidic silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
very polar
adsorbs humidity from air, for this reason it should be kept well closed and if necessary dried before use
due to its high affinity for polar compounds it should not be conditioned with polar (e.g. methanol) or water-containing solvents
recommended applications:
aflatoxins
chloramphenicol
pesticides
steroids
vitamins
Capacity
ml
1
3
3
6
6
6
15
45
70
150
3
6
6
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
2000
2000
5000
10000
50000
500
1000
2000
100
50
50
30
30
30
20
20
10
10
250
250
250
BIGpacks: 4.003 477/4.003 482/4.003 499
1192
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.202
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
476
548
479
475
481
498
550
605
850
630
477
482
499
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi Alox A/Alox N/Alox B
1
aluminium oxide, acidic, neutral, basic
MACHEREY-NAGEL
aluminium oxide, high purity, pore volume 0.90ml/g, particle size 60 to 150µm, specific surface 150m²/g
acidic, pH 4 ±0.5
recommended application:
together with phase SA for PCB and pesticides
Alox A: acidic, pH 4 ±0.5
Alox N: neutral, pH 7 ±0.5
Alox B: basic, pH 9.5 ±0.5
Phase
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Alox
Capacity
Capacity
PK
ml
3
6
6
45
3
6
6
45
3
6
6
45
mg
500
500
1000
4000
500
500
1000
4000
500
500
1000
4000
50
30
30
20
50
30
30
20
50
30
30
20
A
A
A
A
N
N
N
N
B
B
B
B
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.226
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
621
622
456
623
619
620
515
917
615
628
458
629
2 Chromafixfi Alox
2
Columns for Alox
Phase
Size
Alox N
Alox N
M
L
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
850
1700
50
50
4.003 853
4.003 854
3 Chromabondfi Florisilfi
3
magnesium silicate for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
matrix magnesium silicate (MgO to SiOH 15:85), high purity, particle size 150 to 250µm
recommended application:
organic tin compounds,
aliphatic carboxylic acids,
PCBs, PAHs
Capacity
ml
3
3
6
6
6
6
Capacity
PK
mg
200
500
500
1000
1000
1000
50
50
30
30
250
30
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.224
4.003
4.003
624
488
557
842
489
490
BIGpacks: 4.003 489/4.003 490
E & OE.
1193
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1
1 Chromabondfi PA
polyamide 6 for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
matrix polyamide 6, unmodified, high purity, particle size 40 to 80µm
recommended application:
flavonoids, PAHs
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
200
500
500
1000
50
50
30
30
ml
3
3
6
6
2
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
7.089
7.400
595
511
089
537
2 Chromabondfi PSA
propylsulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
propylsulphonic acid modified silica
very strong cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.7meq/g)
contrary to the SA phase no Π-Π interactions
recommended applications:
weak cations
Capacity
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
100
500
1000
100
50
30
4.003 626
4.003 627
6.206 233
ml
1
3
6
3
3 Chromabondfi SA
benzenesulphonic acid modified silica cation exchanger for SPE (SCX)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45 µm, specific surface 500m²/g,
pH stability 2 to 8 benzenesulphonic acid modified silica
strongly acidic cation exchanger (capacity ~ 0.5meq/g)
adsorbent with hydrophobic and Π-Π interactions (benzene ring)
ion exchange of organic compounds from aqueous matrix
elution of interesting compounds with solvent systems,
which compensate the ionic and nonpolar interactions, e.g. methanolic HCl
recommended application:
amino acids
amines
chlorophyll
PCBs
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
500
100
50
50
30
30
250
ml
1
3
3
6
6
3
BIGpacks: 4.003 485
1194
E & OE.
Cat. No.
6.314
4.003
7.051
4.003
6.224
4.003
563
563
056
613
846
485
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi SB
1
quaternary ammonium modified silica anion exchanger for SPE (SAX)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
silica modified with quaternary amine
strongly basic anion exchanger (capacity ~ 0.3meq/g)
not suited for very strong anions such as sulphonic acids, because these are difficult to elute
recommended application:
organic acids
caffeine
saccharin
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
1000
500
100
50
50
30
30
250
ml
1
3
3
6
6
3
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
7.075
4.003
6.206
4.003
486
580
759
614
234
487
BIGpacks: 4.003 487
2 Polymer-based ion exchangers for SPE
2
The innovative cation exchanger offers:
MACHEREY-NAGEL
mixed-mode SPE phase with distinct cation exchange and RP properties
excellent enrichment of basic analytes
modern support polymer with optimised pore structure and large specific surface
good reproducibility, reliable and cost-efficient analyses
more aggressive washing procedures for matrix removal possible
cleaner samples and protection of analytical HPLC and GC instrumentation
quantificationof analytes from heavily contaminated samples
lower limits of detection also for critical matrices
... the perfect fit for basic analytes in comination with CHROMABOND® HR-X
3 Chromabondfi HR-XC
3
benzenesulphonic acid modified polymeric cation exchanger for SPE
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material spherical PS/DVB copolymer, pore size 65 - 75Å, particle size 85µm, very large specific surface
800m²/g, pore volume 1.4cm³/g, pH stability 1 to 14 benzenesulphonic acid modification, exchange capacity
1.0meq/g RP capacity 300mg/g (caffeine in water) high-purity material, highest reproducibility and lowest blank
values due to an optimised production process outstanding recovery rates especially for the enrichment of
basic analytes
recomended application: basic active ingredients from strongly matrix-contaminated samples e.g. urine, plasma,
serum fungicides from food basic analytes, e.g. amines
Capacity
ml
3
3
6
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
200
500
500
30
30
30
4.003 821
4.003 822
4.003 823
E & OE.
1195
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Fractionation of acidic, neutral and basic analytes from serum
Column type:
CHROMABOND® HR-XC / 3 ml / 200 mg
3.500
mAU
3.000
100
serum sample
without SPE
2.000
80
1.000
Further analysis IRUIUDFWLRQ$+3/&HJRQ18&/(2'85® C18
*UDYLW\IROORZLQJ01$SSO1RIRUIUDFWLRQ%+3/&
RQ18&/(2'85® C8*UDYLW\IROORZLQJ01$SSO1R
60
after SPE with HR-XC
0
Recovery rates [%]
40
1
Fraction A: neutral and Fraction B:
acidic analytes
basic analytes
2
20
3
0
Compound
4
after SPE with HR-XC
0
5
10
15
min
MN Appl. No. 304780
1
Sample:POVSLNHGPDWUL[DFLGL¿HGZLWK—O+3PO4
Column conditioning: 5 ml methanol, then 5 ml water
Sample application:VORZO\SDVVPOVSLNHGVHUXPWKURXJK
the column
Washing:POPROO+&O
Elution:POPHWKDQROfraction A: neutral and acidic analytes); then 5 ml methanol – NH3YYfraction B:
basic analytes)
Suprofen
Naproxen
Tolmetin
Phenobarbital
,QGRPHWKDFLQ
Hexobarbital
85
73
33
Compound
'R[HSLQ
,PLSUDPLQH
3. Amitriptyline
4. Trimipramine
HR-XC Oasis® Strata¸
0&;
X-C
68
95
71
85
94
78
81
1 CHROMAFIXfi HR-XC
Columns for HR-XC
Size
S
M
L
1196
HR-XC
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
155
240
500
50
50
50
4.003 835
4.003 836
4.003 837
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 PS-RP/PS-OH-/PS-H+/PS-Mix/PS-Ag+/PS-Ba2+
1
phases for RP/ion chromatography
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material: high-purity polystyrene-divinylbenzene copolymers (PS/DVB)
pore size 100 Ä, paricle size 100 µm
verly low degree of swelling, thus very well suited for chromatography
reliable function over the whole pH range from 0-14
different modifications for different applications from elimination of nonpolar compounds up to removal of specific
polar comonents
recommended application:
removal of interfering compounds
- improves chromatographic separtions, if the interfering components overlap with the analyte in the chromatogram
- improves lifetime of the chromatographic column, since interfering components can irreversibly block the column
packing
enrichment of the analytes
removal of organic interfering components from water
removal or concentration of anions from water increasing
the pH value in acidic samples removal or concentration
of cations from water
decreasing the pH value in basic samples
desalting of water
removal of halide ions from water
removal of sulphate ions from water
PS-RP hydrophobic PS/DVB-copolymer
PS-OH- strong PS/DVB anion exanger, OH- form capacity
0.6 meq/g
PS-H+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, H+ form, capacity 2.9 meg/g
PS-Mix mixture of PS-OH- and PS-H+
PS-AG+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ag+ form
PS-Ba2+ strong PS/DVB cation exchanger, Ba2+ Form
Phase
Capacity
Capacity
PK
PS-OHPS-H+
PS-OHPS-H+
PS-OHPS-H+
ml
3
3
3
3
6
6
mg
200
200
500
500
500
500
30
30
30
30
30
30
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
600
702
581
589
591
590
2 Chromafixfi PS
2
Columns for PS
Phase
Size
PS-RP
PS-OHPS-H+
PS-Ag+
PS-Ba2+
PS-RP
PS-OHPS-H+
PS-Ag+
PS-Ba2+
PS-OH
PS-H+
S
S
S
S
S
M
M
M
M
M
L
L
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Capacity
PK
mg
200
200
230
240
280
320
380
430
480
550
800
900
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.228
4.003
7.401
4.003
7.402
4.003
4.003
869
867
866
865
868
258
861
474
864
218
862
863
1197
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1
1 Chromabondfi Drug
special silica phase for SPE enrichment of drugs from urine or plasma
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
special bifunctional modification - C8/SA (strong cation exchanger - benzenesulphonic acid)
recommended application:
enrichment of acidic, neutral and basic drugs from urine or plasma
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
100
50
50
30
ml
1
3
3
6
2
Cat. No.
4.003
6.802
4.003
4.003
696
715
699
697
2 Chromabondfi Drug II
Special silica phase for SPE of THC and derivatives acidic analytes from
biological fluids (urine, blood ...)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
special bifunctional modification - C8/SB (strong anion exchanger - quaternary amine)
recommended applications:
extraction of THC and derivatives from urine, blood, serum, plasma
acidic analytes from biological fluids
Capacity
Capacity
PK
mg
100
200
500
500
100
50
50
30
ml
1
3
3
6
3
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
700
695
701
698
3 Chromabondfi NH2/C18
Combination phase for SPE analysis of PAHs from water containing humic acids
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Special combination phase:
aminopropyl phase for removal of interfering humic acids
octadecyl phase for enrichment of PAHs
recommended application:
PAHs from water containing humic acids
Capacity
ml
6
6
500 /
500 /
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
ml / mg
500 mg
1000 mg
30
30
6.228 257
4.003 675
PAHs from water containing humic acids
Column type:
Sample application:DVSLUDWHPORIWKHSUHWUHDWHG
CHROMABOND® NH&POPJJ
ZDWHUVDPSOHWKURXJKWKHFROXPQaPOPLQ
glass column
Washing:POGLVWZDWHU±SURSDQROYYWKHQ
Sample pretreatment:
GU\FROXPQDERXWPLQYDFXXP
PL[POZDWHUVDPSOHZLWKPOSURSDQRO
Elution:[PO&+ClSHUFRODWH¿UVWPOLQWR
WKHFROXPQSDFNLQJZLWKRXWYDFXXPWKHDSSO\OLJKW
Column conditioning:POGLFKORURPHWKDQHPO
YDFXXPLIQHFHVVDU\HYDSRUDWHLQDVWUHDPRIQLWURJHQ
PHWKDQROWKHQPOGLVWZDWHU±SURSDQRO
DQG¿OOXSZLWKDVXLWDEOHVROYHQW
v/v)
01$SSO1R
1198
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi CN/SiOH
1
Combination phase for SPE analysis of PAH
MACHEREY-NAGEL
special combination phase
cyanopropyl phase for selective adsorption of polycyclic aromatics via Π-Π interactions
unmodified silica phase for removal of polar compounds
recommended applications:
extraction of the 16 PAHs according to EPA from soil samples
Capacity
ml
3
6
6
500 /
500 /
500 /
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
ml / mg
1000 mg
1000 mg
1000 mg
50
30
250
4.003 507
6.233 128
4.003 514
BIGpacks: 4.003 514
PAHs from soil
Column type:
Sample application:
CHROMABOND® CN/SiOH,
DVSLUDWHPORIWKHH[WUDFWWKURXJKWKHFROXPQ
6 ml, 500/1000 mg
Washing:POSHWUROHXPHWKHU
Sample pretreatment:GU\JVRLOZLWKVRGLXPVXO
Elution:[PODFHWRQLWULOHWROXHQHYYWKHQ
SKDWHDQGUHÀX[KZLWKPOSHWUROHXPHWKHULQD
HYDSRUDWHRU¿OOWRWKHYROXPHUHTXLUHG
Soxhlet extractor. For low PAH contents (colourless or
)XUWKHUDQDO\VLV+3/&HJZLWKFROXPQ[PP
weakly coloured extracts) concentrate extract to 1/10
NUCLEOSIL® &18 PAH
of its volume in a rotation evaporator.
recovery rates see application 301310 at
Column conditioning:POSHWUROHXPHWKHU
www.mn-net.com
MN Appl. Nr. 301310
2 Chromabondfi Na2SO4/Florisilfi
2
Combination phase for SPE of hydrocarbons from water acc. to DIN H53/ISO
DIS 9377-4
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Special combination phase of sodium sulphate and Florisilfi
recommended application:
hydrocarbons from drinking, surface and waste waters
Capacity
ml
6
6
6
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
ml / mg
2000 mg
2000 mg
2000 mg
30
30
250
4.003 558
6.900 415
4.003 559
2000 /
2000 /
2000 /
BIGpacks: 4.003 559
Hydrocarbons from water
$GGHQRXJKGLVWZDWHUWRVHSDUDWHWKHRUJDQLFIURP
Column type:
WKHDTXHRXVSKDVH
CHROMABOND® Na2SO4/Florisil®,
Column conditioning:POSHWUROHXPHWKHU
2000/2000 mg, 6 ml glass column
Sample application:
Internal standard solution: dissolve 20 mg n-tetraconslowly aspirate or force the sample through the column
tane (C40H82) in petroleum ether, add 20 ml n-decane
Elution:ZDVKZLWKPOSHWUROHXPHWKHU(YDSRUDWH
(C10H22DQG¿OOXSWROLWUHZLWKSHWUROHXPHWKHU)RU
the combined solutions from sample application and
perparation of the extraction solution dilute standard
HOXWLRQWRPODWDERXWƒ&,IQHFHVVDU\¿OOXSWR
VROXWLRQZLWKSHWUROHXPHWKHU
PODJDLQ,IWKHK\GURFDUERQFRQWHQWLVKLJKHYDSR
Sample pretreatment: adjust 900 ml water (10 °C) with
UDWLRQWRPOPD\QRWEHQHFHVVDU\
HCl (12 mol/l) to pH 2 and add 80 g MgSO4$GGPO
of the extraction solution, close the bottle and stir the
Recovery rate: must be > 80 % for nWHWUDFRQWDQH
01$SSO1R
VXVSHQVLRQLQWHQVHO\IRUPLQ
3 Chromabondfi SA/SiOH
3
Combination phase for SPE analysis of PCBs
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Special combination phase:
SA: strongly acidic cation exchanger based on silica with benzenesulphonic acid modification
SiOH: unmodified silica for removal of polar compounds
recommended application:
extraction of PCBs from waste oil (hexane extract)
Capacity
ml
3
3
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
ml / mg
500 / 500
500 / 500
50
250
6.901 798
4.003 513
BIGpacks: 4.003 513
E & OE.
1199
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
PCBs from waste oil
Column type:
CHROMABOND® SA/SiOH, 3 ml, 500/500 mg
Column conditioning: 1 ml n-hexane
Sample application:
DSSO\—OZDVWHRLOWRWKHFROXPQDQGDVSLUDWHRU
force it into the adsorbent with 2 x 1 ml n-hexane
01$SSO1R
Elution:DVSLUDWHRUIRUFHDQRWKHU[—On-hexane
through the column; collect all n-hexane fractions and if
necessary adjust to a concentration suitable for
subsequent analysis by either evaporting n-hexane in a
stream of nitrogen or by dilution with n-hexane
Recovery rates:
3&%3&%3&%3&%
3&%3&%3&%
1 Chromabondfi SiOH-H+/SA
1
Combination phase for SPE analysis of PCBs
MACHEREY-NAGEL
SiOH-H+: H2SO4-impregnated silica phase for oxidation of accompanying compounds to ionic and/or polar compounds
SA: strongly acidic cation exchanger based on silica with benzenesulphonic acid modification for removal of ionic and
sulphur-containing compounds
recommended application:
extraction of PCBs from oil with reference to German industrial standard DIN 51527, part 1.
This combination column is used together with a SiOH column.
Capacity
Capacity
ml
3
3
ml / mg
PK
Cat. No.
50
250
7.051 054
4.003 492
BIGpacks: 4.003 492
Chromabondfi SiOH-H+/SA
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
Cat. No.
Kombi-Kit for extraction of PCBs from oil with reference to DIN 51527, part 1,
25 columns each CHROMABONDfi SiOH-H+/SA and CHROMABONDfi SiOH
25
7.051 055
PCBs in oil samples (German industrial standard DIN 51527)
Column type:
Sample application: aspirate 500 μl sample through
CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA 3 ml, 500/500 mg and
the CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column. Place
CHROMABOND® SiOH / 3 ml / 500 mg
CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column on top of SiOH
or Kombi-Kit PCB
FROXPQZLWKDQDGDSWRUDQGDIWHUDWOHDVWVÀXVK
Sample pretreatment:
sample into the SiOH column with 2 x 1 ml n-hexane.
extract oil-contaminated solids with n-hexane.
Elution: elute SiOH column with 3 x 0.5 ml n-hexane;
Homogenise other oil samples and dissolve 1.5 to 2.0 g
adjust to a suitable concentration for subsequent GC
in 50 ml n-hexane. Water which may cause turbidity
analysis by evaporation of n-hexane in a stream of
can be removed with sodium sulphate.
nitrogen or by dilution with n-hexane
Column conditioning: let 1 ml nKH[DQHÀRZWKURXJK
Recovery rates:
the CHROMABOND® SiOH-H2SO4/SA column
PCB-28 99 %, PCB-52 95 %, PCB-101 99 %, PCB-138
MN Appl. No. 301380
94 %, PCB-153 99 %, PCB-180 96 %, PCB-209 101 %
1200
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi NAN
1
Special phase for SPE analysis of PCB from sludge
MACHEREY-NAGEL
special combination phase:
N: sodium sulphate for removal of trace water
A: SiOH/AgNO3 phase for removal of sulphur, sulphur-containing and polar compounds
recommended application:
extraction of PCB from sludge
Capacity
ml
3
6
6
400 /
700 /
700 /
Capacity
ml / mg
1400 / 400
2000 / 700
2000 / 700
PK
Cat. No.
50
30
250
4.003 503
6.204 684
4.003 517
BIGpacks: 4.003 517
PCBs from sludge
Compounds investigated:
Column conditioning:POn-hexane
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB)
Sample application:
This method is also suited for soil samples.
aspirate 2 ml of the extract through the column
Column type:
Elution:VORZO\DVSLUDWHPOn-hexane through the
CHROMABOND® NAN,
FROXPQZLWKOLJKWYDFXXPWKHQHYDSRUDWHDQG¿OOWR
6 ml, 700/2000/700 mg
5 ml with n-hexane
Sample pretreatment: extract 2 g lyophilised sludge
Recovery rates:
with 70 ml nKH[DQHHYDSRUDWHH[WUDFWDQG¿OOWRPO
3&%3&%3&%3&%
with n-hexane
3&%3&%3&%
01$SSO1R
E & OE.
1201
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 SPE phases for food analysis
1
QuEChERS method and pre-mixes
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Within a fes years after its devleopment by Anastassiades et al. the QuEChERS method has
gained a leading position for determination of pesticide residues in food by GC-MS or LC-MS allowing
rapid and cheap clean-up of strongly
matrix-contaminated samples.
Standard clean-up of food samples
10 g sample are homogenised with 10 ml acetonitrile. After adding the internal standard the
sample is shaken with 4 g MgSO4 and 1 g NaCI and afterwards centrifuged.
1 ml of the supernantant is
spiked with 25 mg CHROMABOND® Diamino and 150 mg MgSO4 and shaken again. After
centrifugation the supernatant is injected into the GC/MS.
For optimising the extraction of pH-dependent compounds, for minimising decomposition of
sensitive substances, and for broadending the matrix spectrum, different modifications of the
QuEChERS method have been elaborated.
2 Chromabondfi
2
In addition to the required adsorbent CHROMABONDfi Diamino MACHEREY-NAGEL offers
a number of individually weighed and pre-mixed buffers and extraction mixtures,
specially composed for different sample matrices.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Procedure 1 for standard food samples: The sample is extracted with Mix II, then purified with Mix III or Mix IV
(for food with higher fat content)
Procedure 2 for complex or rich food samples: The sample is extracted with Mix I, then purified with
- Mix III (samples with low fat content),
- Mix IV (moderate content of chlorophyll and carotinoids; e. g. carrots, lettuce),
- Mix V (high content of chlorophyll and carotinoids; e. g. bell peppers, spinach),
- Mix VI (high fat content; e. g. avocados).
Capacity
ml
15
Description
Composition
PK
Cat. No.
Mix I Citrat-Extraction-Mix
50
4.003 824
15
15
15
15
15
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
Mix
4g MgSO4, 1g NaCl,
0,5g Na2H-Citrat*1,5 H2O, 1g Na3-Citrat*2 H2O
6 g MgSO4 - 1,5 g Na-Acetat
0,9 g MgSO4
0,9 g MgSO4 - 0,015 g CHROMABOND Carbon
0,9 g MgSO4 - 0,150 g CHROMABOND C 18 ec
0,9 g MgSO4 - 0,045 g CHROMABOND Carbon
50
50
50
50
50
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
II Acetat-Extraction-Mix
III Diamino Clean-up Mix
IV Diamino/Carbon Clean-up Mix
V Diamino/Carbon Clean-up Mix
VI Diamino/C 18 ec Clean-up Mix
825
826
827
829
828
15 ml centrifuge tubes with screw cap
3
3 Chromabondfi Diamino
Special silica phase for determination of pesticides in food samples
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Base material silica, pore size 60Å, particle size 45µm, specific surface 500m²/g, pH stability 2 to 8
Primary and Secondary Amine functions (PSA), 5% C removes polar compounds (e. g. organic acids, pigments,
sugars) from matrices like fruit or vegetables similar phases: Supelclean PSA, Bond Elut PSA
recommended application:
special SPE phase for quick and cheap determination of pesticides in strongly matrix-contaminated samples by GC
QuEChERS method = Quick Easy Cheap Effective Rugged Safe
QuEChERS clean-up mixes containing 0.15 g Chromabondfi Diamino each
Capacity
ml
3
6
1202
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
mg
200
500
50
30
4.003 652
4.003 653
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Chromabondfi Diamino
1
Adsorbent
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Weight
g
100
20
PK
Cat. No.
100
20
4.003 688
4.003 689
2
2 Chromabond QuEchERS
fi
QuEChERS accessories
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
PK
Cat. No.
50 ml PP-centrifuge tube with crew cap
50
4.003 552
3 Chromabondfi vacuum manifolds and accessories for handling SPE columns and cartridges
for simultaneous preparation of up to 12, 16 or 24 samples
replacement parts and accessories for special applications
3
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Vacuum manifold complete consists of: glass cabinet with lid and lid gasket,
removable needles on lower side of lid, vacuum gauge, control valve, valves and caps, variable rack.
Description
PK
Cat. No.
Vacuum manifold complete for up to 12 columns or cartridges (incl. reservoir tank)
1
9.003 479
Vacuum manifold complete for up to 16 LV columns
1
4.003 586
Vacuum manifold complete for up to 24 columns or cartridges
1
7.056 914
Lids with gaskets for 12 columns (incl. Luer fittings and valves), plastic
1
4.003 530
Gaskets for lid, for 12 columns
Luer fittings for lid, female
Luer fittings for lid, male
Valves, plastic
Stainless steel needles
Drying attachment for 12 columns
Products for protection from cross contamination valve, brass, tarnished
2
12
12
12
12
1
1
6.801
4.003
4.003
7.089
7.079
4.003
4.003
Products for protection from cross contamination valve as above
Products for protection from cross contamination stainless steel connectors
12
12
7.089 162
7.079 431
Products for protection from cross contamination PTFE connectors with valve
12
6.234 376
4
6.900 713
Tubing adaptor for 1,3 and 6 ml polypropylene columns (teflon, 1ml)
Protection from cross contamination
Drying attachment
)RUVSHFLDODSSOLFDWLRQVZKLFKUHTXLUHPD[LPXPSURWHF
WLRQ IURP FURVV FRQWDPLQDWLRQ ZH VXSSO\ FKURPHSODWHG
brass valves and stainless steel or PTFE connectors, the
DSSOLFDWLRQ RI ZKLFK LV VKRZQ EHORZ 7KHVH VSHFLDO FRQ
QHFWRUV DUH ¿WWHG WKURXJK WKH OLG WKXV WKH VDPSOH RQO\
has contact with the inert connector and not with the lid,
GLUHFWO\ÀRZLQJLQWRWKHUHFHSWDFOH
If the eluate has to be evaporated, this can be performed
ZLWKWKHVRFDOOHGGU\LQJDWWDFKPHQW11VHHEHORZ7KLV
VSHFLDO OLG KDV D JDV FRQQHFWRU RQ RQH VLGH 12), from
ZKLFKWKHJDVLVIHGVLPXOWDQHRXVO\WRWKHRUVWD
tions (137KXVRUHOXDWHVFDQEHHYDSRUDWHGVLPXO
WDQHRXVO\E\MXVWFKDQJLQJWKHOLGDQGDSSO\LQJDVWUHDP
RILQHUWJDVHJQLWURJHQ
608
534
535
161
432
536
538
SPE column with frits
and solid phase
/XHU¿WWLQJIHPDOH
lid of vacuum manifold
with bore
/XHU¿WWLQJPDOH
connector
stainless steel needle
E & OE.
1203
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
CHROMABONDfi empty columns and accessories for SPE
for individual packing of SPE columns with CHROMABOND® adsorbents
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
Cat. No.
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 3 ml
50
7.510 238
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 6 ml
30
7.510 090
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 15 ml
20
4.003 555
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 45 ml
20
4.003 584
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 30 ml
20
4.003 592
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 70ml
20
4.003 521
Empty polypropylene column with PE filter elements, 150 ml
20
4.003 631
Empty glass columns with glass fibre filter elements, 3 ml
50
4.003 528
Empty glass columns with glass fibre filter elements, 6 ml
30
7.054 440
Glass fibre fliter elements for glass columns 3 ml
Glass fibre fliter elements for glass columns 6 ml
Adaptor (PP) for polypropylene columns (1,3 and 6 ml)
Reservoir columns 70 ml, polypropylene, incl. 1 connector
250
250
10
10
1
7.056
7.054
7.401
4.003
687
441
419
594
1 2 3 Chromabondfi XTR
For liquid-liquid extraction
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Base material coarse-grained kieselguhr (also known as diatomaceous earth, hydromatrix, celite)
large pore size, high pore volume, constantly high batch-to-batch quality
pH working range 1to13
application:
liquid-liquid extraction of highly viscous aqueous solutions such as physiological fluids (blood, plasma, and serum)
in clinical chemistry, dyes in textiles, environmental and food analysis without use of a separation funnel
high water loadability without water breakthrough during elution with organic solvents also suited for
removing small amounts of water from solvents which are not miscible with water.
2
advantages:
fast, reproducible and economical
simultaneous preparation of several samples
no problems with phase separation, no formation of emulsions
high recovery rates
saving of time and solvents
organic solutions need not to be dried after separation
Capacity
3
ml
1
3
6
6
15
30
45
70
70
150
Capacity
g
0.25
1.50
1.00
1.00
3.00
4.50
8.30
14.50
14.50
37.50
max. volume
capacity of
aq. solution
µl
0.25
0.50
1.00
1.00
3.00
5.00
10.00
20.00
20.00
50.00
BIGpacks: 4.003 637/4.003 648
1204
E & OE.
PK
100
50
30
250
30
30
30
30
100
10
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.205
4.003
6.225
4.003
4.003
645
646
636
637
638
372
647
180
648
650
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
General column parameters
CHROMABOND®
XTR
volume amount of
adsorbent
1 ml
250 mg
3 ml
500 mg
6 ml
1g
15 ml
3g
30 ml
4.5 g
45 ml
8.3 g
70 ml
14.5 g
150 ml
37.5 g
max. volume
capacity of
aqueous sollution
0.25 ml
0.5 ml
1 ml
3 ml
5 ml
10 ml
20 ml
50 ml
Solvents applicable for elution
waiting pe- elution
riod before volume
elution
5 min
5 min
5 – 10 min
5 – 10 min
5 – 10 min
10 – 15 min
10 – 15 min
10 – 15 min
3 ml
6 ml
8 ml
12 ml
16 ml
24 ml
40 ml
90 ml
diethyl ether
tert-butyl methyl ether
ethyl acetate
n-hexane
cyclohexane
toluene
dichloromethane (methylene chloride)
trichloromethane (chloroform)
trichloromethane / methanol (90:10, v/v)
trichloromethane / methanol (85:15, v/v)
diethyl ether / ethanol (90:10, v/v)
diethyl ether / ethanol (80:20, v/v)
dichloromethane / 2-propanol (90:10, v/v)
dichloromethane / 2-propanol (85:15, v/v)
Chromabondfi XTR adsorbent
50 bags of 14.5g
(for max. 20ml aqueous solution each)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
for 70 ml PP columns with 100 PE filter elements
for NT20 with 50 PE filter elements (10 mm dia.)
500 g
1 kg
5 kg
50
50
500
1000
5000
Cat. No.
4.003
6.900
4.003
4.003
4.003
656
717
658
657
659
We can supply this
manufactorer’s
whole
product range !
E & OE.
1205
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
6\ULQJH¿OWHUV&+520$),/®
Syringe ¿OWHUVDUHXVHGIRU¿OWUDWLRQRIVXVSHQGHGPDWWHUIURPOLTXLGVDP
SOHVRUJDVHV:LWK CHROMAFIL®UDSLGSXUL¿FDWLRQDQGUHPRYDORISDUWL
FOHVLVYHU\VLPSOHMXVWSODFHWKH¿OWHURQWKHV\ULQJHDQG\RXDUHUHDG\
IRU¿OWUDWLRQ6SHFLDOPDQLSXODWLRQVDUHQRWUHTXLUHG&RQWDPLQDWLRQRIVHQ
VLWLYHLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQE\VROLGLPSXULWLHVFDQEHDYRLGHGWKXVLQFUHDVLQJ
OLIHWLPHRIFKURPDWRJUDSKLFFROXPQVDQGHTXLSPHQW
$GYDQWDJHV
3RO\SURS\OHQHKRXVLQJ
FRQVLGHUDEO\EHWWHUVROYHQWVWDELOLW\FRPSDUHGWRDFU\ODWHDQGSRO\
VW\UHQH¿OWHUVORZFRQWHQWRIH[WUDFWDEOHVXEVWDQFHV
+RXVLQJXOWUDVRQLFDOO\VHDOHGQRWJOXHG
QRH[WUDFWDEOHFRPSRQHQWVIURPJOXHV
7KHVSHFLDOWKLFNULPRIWKHKRXVLQJLVLGHDOIRUXVHRIWKH¿OWHUVLQ
ODERUDWRU\URERWVHJ%HQFKPDWHŒ
)LOWUDWLRQLQERWKGLUHFWLRQVSRVVLEOHWKHOLTXLGFDQQRWE\SDVVWKH
PHPEUDQH
/XHUORFNRQVLGHRIHQWU\
VDIHFRQQHFWLRQRQWKH´KLJKSUHVVXUH³VLGH
6DPSOHFODUL¿FDWLRQ
/XHUH[LW
VWDQGDUGOXHUIRUPP¿OWHUVPLQLVSLNHOXHUZLWKORZGHDGYROXPH
DQGVPDOO2'IRUPP¿OWHUV)LOWHULQOHWDQG¿OWHUH[LWFDQEH¿WWHG
WRWKH&+520$%21'®FROXPQVIRUVHOHFWLYHVDPSOHSUHSDUDWLRQZLWK
WKHDLGRIDVSHFLDODGDSWRU
PPRUPPTXDOLW\V\ULQJH¿OWHUV
'HÀHFWRU
WKHVWUHDPRIOLTXLGLVEURNHQDQGGLVWULEXWHGDQGGRHVQRWGLUHFWO\
KLWWKHPHPEUDQHWKLVSUHYHQWVUXSWXUHRIWKHPHPEUDQH
IRRGVDIH3(ER[ZLWKVFUHZFDS
HFRQRPLFDOSULFH
6WDUVKDSHGGLVWULEXWLRQGHYLFH
WKHOLTXLGLVHYHQO\GLVWULEXWHGWRWKHZKROHPHPEUDQHVXUIDFHWKLV
UHVXOWVLQDEHWWHUXWLOLVDWLRQRIWKHWRWDODUHDWKH¿OWHULVQRWSOXJJHG
XSUDSLGO\KLJKÀRZHI¿FLHQF\
&RORXUFRGHG¿OWHUV
¿OWHUVZLWK—PSRUHVKDYHD\HOORZXSSHUVKHOOWKDWRI¿OWHUV
ZLWK—PSRUHVLVFRORXUOHVVWKHGLIIHUHQWPHPEUDQHW\SHVDUH
GLVWLQJXLVKHGE\GLIIHUHQWFRORXUVRIWKHORZHUVKHOO
'HSHQGLQJRQ\RXU¿OWUDWLRQWDVN\RXFDQFKRRVH¿OWHUPHPEUDQHVPDGH
IURPGLIIHUHQWPDWHULDOV
0DWHULDO
$YDLODEOHSRUHVL]HVDQG—PH[FHSWLRQV3(7¿OWHUVZLWK
—PJODVV¿EUH¿OWHUVZLWK—P3(6¿OWHUVZLWKNjP
3RO\HVWHU3(7
ZLWKRUZLWKRXWJODVV¿EUHSUH¿OWHU
5HJHQHUDWHGFHOOXORVH5&
7HÀRQ®37)(
&HOOXORVHPL[HGHVWHUV09
&HOOXORVHDFHWDWH&$ÂVWHULOHDQGQRQVWHULOH
3RO\DPLGH1\ORQ3$
3RO\HWKHUVXOIRQH3(6ÂVWHULOH
3RO\YLQ\OLGHQHGLÀXRULGH39')
ZLWKRUZLWKRXWJODVV¿EUHSUH¿OWHU
*ODVV¿EUH*)
)LOWHUVL]HVDQGPPGLDPHWHU7KHVPDOOGLDPHWHU¿OWHUV
DUHHVSHFLDOO\UHFRPPHQGHGIRUYHU\VPDOOVDPSOHVZKLFKUHTXLUH
H[WUHPHO\ORZGHDGYROXPHV—OIRUPP’—OIRUPP’
$OO¿OWHUVFDQEHDXWRFODYHGDW121 °CDQGEDUIRUPLQ
5HFRPPHQGHG¿OWHUVL]HGHSHQGLQJRQVDPSOHYROXPH
VDPSOHYROXPH
±PO
±PO
1206
CHROMAFIL® %,*%2;(6
UHFRPPHQGHG¿OWHUGLDPHWHU
PP
PP
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
Syringe filters CHROMAFILfi
CHROMAFIL® Xtra
MACHEREY-NAGEL
labelled for method validation and cerification
Xtra: imprint for direct identification of membrane type, diameter and pore size
Xtra: low bleeding polypropylene housing
Xtra: colour-free plain polypropylene
Chromafilfi PET syringe filters with polyester membrane
hydrophilic multipurpose membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
For polar as well as non-polar solvents
the HPLC filter, especially suited for mixtures of water and organic solvents
for TOC/DOC determination
not cytotoxic, does not inhibit the growth of microorganisms and higher cells
polyester filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter (GF/PET): recommended for solutions with a high load of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions
Type
Pore
size
PET-20/25
PET- 45/25
PET-120/25
PET-20/25
PET- 45/25
PET-120/25
GF/PET- 20/25
GF/PET- 45/25
PET-20/15 MS
PET-45/15 MS
GF/PET- 20/25
GF/PET- 45/25
µm
0.20
0.45
1.2
0.20
0.45
1.2
1.0/0.45
1.0/0.45
0.20
0.45
1.0/0.20
1.0/0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 blue
25 black
15 yellow
15 colourless
25 blue
25 black
Housing
colour
base
PK
100
100
100
400
400
400
100
100
800
800
400
400
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
orange
Cat. No.
4.003
6.232
6.232
4.003
4.003
6.233
9.049
9.049
4.003
4.003
9.049
9.049
417
548
549
418
416
172
079
080
397
398
020
021
MS = minispike on filter exit
CHROMAFILfi Xtra: 4.003 417/6.232 548/6.232 549
BIG-BOX: 4.003 418/4.003 416/6.233 172/4.003 397/4.003 398/9.049 020/9.049 021
1 CHROMAFILfi RC syringe filters with membrane of regenerated cellulose
hydrophilic membrane with very low adsorption
1
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for aqueous and organic/aqueous liquids i.e. polar and medium polar sample solutions
binding capacity for proteins 84µg/filter
Type
RC-20/25
RC-45/25
RC-20/25
RC-45/25
RC-20/15
RC-20/15
RC-45/15
RC-45/15
Pore
size
MS
MS
MS
MS
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.20
0.45
0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
15 yellow
15 yellow
15 colourless
15 colourless
Housing
colour
base
PK
100
100
400
400
100
800
100
800
blue
blue
blue
blue
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.233
9.049
4.003
9.049
4.003
424
426
425
891
025
399
026
400
MS = minispike on filter exit
BIG-BOX: 4.003 425/6.233 891/4.003 399/4.003 400
E & OE.
1207
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1
1 Chromafilfi PTFE syringe filters with Teflonfi membrane
hydrophobic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for nonpolar liquids and gases very resistant towards all kinds of solvents as well as acids and bases flushing with
alcohol, followed by water, makes the originally hydrophobic membrane more hydrophilic
Type
Pore
size
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
3 natural
3 natural
15 yellow
15 natural
15 yellow
15 natural
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
PTFE-20/25
PTFE-45/25
PTFE-20/25
PTFE-45/25
O-20/3
O-45/3
O-20/15 MS
O-45/15 MS
O-20/15 MS
O-45/15 MS
Housing
colour
base
PK
100
100
400
400
100
100
100
100
800
800
natural
natural
natural
natural
natural
natural
Cat. No.
4.003
9.049
4.003
9.049
9.049
9.049
9.049
9.049
4.003
4.003
409
059
410
060
053
054
055
056
394
395
MS = minispike on filter exit
BIG-BOX: 4.003 410/9.049 060/4.003 394/4.003 395
2
2 Cellulose mixed esters (MV)
hydrophilic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for aqueous or polar solutions
Type
MV-20/25
MV-45/25
MV-20/25
MV-45/25
Pore
size
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
PK
100
100
400
400
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
407
405
408
406
BIG-BOX: 4.003 408/4.003 406
3
3 Cellulose acetate (CA)
hydrophilic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for filtration of water-soluble oligomers and polymers, especially suited for biological macromolecules
very high shape stability in aqueous solutions
extremely low binding capacity for proteins (21µg/filter)
also available in a sterile package (S) for filtration under sterile conditions (each filter individually sealed)
Type
CA-20/25
CA-45/25
CA-20/25
CA-45/25
CA-20/25 S
CA-45/25 S
Pore
size
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 yellow
25 natural
BIG-BOX: 4.003 420/4.003 422
1208
E & OE.
Housing
colour
base
red
red
PK
100
100
400
400
50
50
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
9.049
9.049
419
421
420
422
036
037
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Polyamide (PA) = Nylon
1
rather hydrophilic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for aqueous and organic/aqueous medium polar liquids
Type
PA-20/25
PA-45/25
PA-20/25
PA-45/25
AO-20/3
AO-45/3
Pore
size
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
3 light beige
3 light beige
Housing
colour
base
PK
100
100
400
400
100
100
light beige
light beige
Cat. No.
4.003
6.232
4.003
6.234
9.049
9.049
411
389
412
011
047
048
BIG-BOX: 4.003 412/4.234 011
2 Polyethersulfone (PES)
2
hydrophilic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for aqueous and slightly organic liquids with higher flow rates
very low adsorption for pharmaceuticals and proteins, with
good stability against acids and bases
for sterile filtration of non-sterile solutions we recommend the Chromafil Sterilizer PES
(each filter individually sealed)
binding capacity for proteins
29µg/filter
Type
Pore
size
µm
0.20
Sterilizer PES - blue rim
Membrane
dia.
mm
25
PK
Cat. No.
50
6.228 095
3 Polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF)
3
hydrophilic membrane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for polar and nonpolar solutions, water-soluble oligomers and polymers like proteins
binding capacity for proteins 82µg/filter
The PVDF filter with integrated glass fibre prefilter is recommended for filtration of biological samples with high particle loads. This filter features a high binding capacity for proteins.
also suited for filtration of polar and non-polar solutions
Type
PVDF-20/25
PVDF-45/25
PVDF-20/25
PVDF-45/25
GF/P-45/25
GF/P-45/25
Pore
size
µm
0.20
0.45
0.20
0.45
1.0/0.45
1.0/0.45
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 labelled
25 black
25 black
Housing
colour
base
PK
100
100
400
400
400
100
white
white
Cat. No.
4.003
9.049
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
413
063
414
415
402
401
CHROMAFILfi Xtra: 4.003 413/9.049 063/4.003 414/4.003 415
BIG-BOX: 4.003 414/4.003 402
E & OE.
1209
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
1 Glass fibre (GF)
1
inert filter, nominal pore size 1µm, allows higher flow rates than smaller pore filters
for solutions with high loads of particulate matter or for highly viscous solutions
(e. g. soil samples, fermentation broths)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
as prefilters for other Chromafil filters, they prevent plugging of the membrane.
Type
GF- 100/25
GF- 100/25
GF- 100/15 MS
Pore
size
µm
nom. 1.0
nom. 1.0
nom. 1.0
Membrane Housing
dia. colour
top
mm
25 labelled
25 labelled
15 blue
Housing
colour
base
natural
PK
Cat. No.
100
400
100
6.232 362
4.003 423
9.049 077
MS = minispike on filter exit
CHROMAFILfi Xtra: 6.232 362/4.003 423
BIG-BOX: 4.003 423
2
2 Chromabondfi Multi 96 filter plates
96-well polypropylene plates for simultaneous filtration of 96 samples
advantages of this high-throughput system are:
- economical by saving time and solvent
- use of multi-channel pipettors facilitates liquid transfer steps
- readily adaptable to all common automated/robotic handling systems
- minimised dead volume (≤ 40µl)
- membrane materials correspond to the respective Chromafilfi syringe filters
Description
MACHEREY-NAGEL
PK
Cat. No.
Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (0.20 µm)
Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (0.45 µm)
1
1
4.003 976
4.003 977
Filter plates with cellulose mixed ester filter elements (3.0 µm)
1
4.003 978
Filter plates with RC filter elements (regenerated cellulose, 0.2 µm)
1
4.003 971
Filter plates with RC filter elements (regenerated cellulose, 0.45 µm)
1
6.227 345
Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (0.2 µm)
1
6.227 343
Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (0.45 µm)
1
6.227 344
Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (1.0 µm)
1
4.003 974
Filter plates with PTFE filter elements (3.0 µm)
1
4.003 975
Filter plates with PE filter elements (20 µm)
1
4.003 970
Filter plates with PE filter elements (50 µm)
1
4.003 973
Filter plates with glass fibre filter elements (nominal 1 µm)
1
6.227 346
Filter plates with glass fibre filter elements (nominal 3 µm)
1
4.003 972
Vacuum manifold for monoblocks, with reservoir tank,
vacuum gauge and control valve,
required for filtration with 96-well filter plates
1
4.003 962
1210
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Sample preparation/SPE
&KHPLFDOFRPSDWLELOLW\RI¿OWHUPDWHULDOV
The following table lists the chemical compatibility of our CHROMAFIL® materials. The chemical compatibility depends on
several parameters such as time, pressure, temperature and concentration.
In most cases, CHROMAFIL®¿OWHUVZLOOKDYHRQO\VKRUWFRQWDFWZLWKDVROYHQW,QWKHVHFDVHVWKH\PD\EHXVHGGHVSLWH
of limited compatibility.
)RUH[DPSOHD37)(¿OWHUZLWK33KRXVLQJGRHVQRWOLEHUDWHDQ\89GHWHFWDEOHVXEVWDQFHVGXULQJ¿OWUDWLRQRIPO7+)
although PP shows only limited resistance towards THF.
Solvent
Acetaldehyde
Acetic acid, 100 %
Acetone
Acetonitrile
$PPRQLD
Benzene
n–Butanol
Cyclohexane
'LFKORURPHWKDQH
'LHWK\OHWKHU
'LPHWK\OIRUPDPLGH
±'LR[DQH
Ethanol
Ethyl acetate
Ethylene glycol
Formic acid, 100 %
Hydrochloric acid, 30 %
Methanol
1LWULFDFLG
Oxalic acid, 10 % aqueous
Petroleum ether
Phosphoric acid, 80 %
Potassium hydroxide, 1 mol/l
2–Propanol
Sodium hydroxide, 1 mol/l
Tetrachloromethane
Tetrahydrofuran
Toluene
Trichloroethene
Trichloromethane
8UHD
Water
Xylene
PA
Material
PTFE 39')
09
CA
RC
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
PES
PET
GF
PP
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
Ұ
ұ
Ұ
Ұ
'DWDQRWJXDUDQWHHGҰ resistant, ұ not resistant,
limited resistance
09 FHOOXORVHPL[HGHVWHUV&$ FHOOXORVHDFHWDWH5& UHJHQHUDWHGFHOOXORVH3$ SRO\DPLGH
37)( SRO\WHWUDÀXRURHWK\OHQH7HÀRQ39') SRO\YLQ\OLGHQHGLÀXRULGH3(6 SRO\HWKHUVXOIRQH
3(7 SRO\HVWHU*) JODVV¿EUH33 SRO\SURS\OHQHKRXVLQJPDWHULDO
E & OE.
1211
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
NUCLEODUR® high purity silica for HPLC
NUCLEODUR® is a fully synthetical type B
silica (silica of 3rdJHQHUDWLRQRӽHULQJKLJKO\
advanced physical properties like totally
spherical particle shape, outstanding surface
microstructure, high pressure stability and
low metal content.
NUCLEODUR® as a state-of-the-art silica
is the ideal base material for modern HPLC
SKDVHV,WLVWKHUHVXOWRI0$&+(5(<1$*(/·V
pioneering research in chromatography for
PRUHWKDQ\HDUVDQGVXFFHHGV01·VIDPRXV
NUCLEOSIL® silica.
Columns for HPLC
,Q53OLTXLGFKURPDWRJUDSK\WKHHԀ
FLHQF\RIWKHSDFN
LQJLVVWURQJO\DӽHFWHGE\WKHTXDOLW\RIWKHEDVHVLOL
ca itself. Shortcomings in the surface geometry of the
particles or metal contaminants are the main reasons
for inadequate coverage with the covalently bonded
alkylsilanes in the subsequent derivatization steps. It
is well known, that poor surface coverage and, in consequence, high activity of residual free silanols often
results in peak tailing or adsorption, particularly with
basic compounds.
Particle shape and surface symmetry
NUCLEODUR® is virtually free of metal impurities and
low acidic surface silanols. Elemental analysis data of
NUCLEODUR®ĂPPHDVXUHGE\$$6DUHOLVWHGEHORZ
Elementary analysis (metal ions)
of NUCLEODUR® 100-5
Aluminium
Iron
Sodium
Calcium
Titanium
Zirconium
Arsenic
Mercury
5
5
5
10
1
1
0.5
0.05
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
Pressure stability
The totally spherical and 100% synthetic silica gel exhibits an outstanding mechanical stability, even at
KLJKSUHVVXUHVXSWREDUDQGHOHYDWHGHOXHQWӿRZ
rates.
In addition, after several cycles of repeated packing, no
VLJQLӾFDQWGURSLQSUHVVXUHFDQEHREVHUYHG7KHODW
ter is of prime importance for preparative and processscale applications.
Physical properties of NUCLEODUR®
Surface (BET)
Pore size
Pore volume
340 m2/g
110 Å
0.9 ml/g
NUCLEODUR®PRGLӾFDWLRQV
NUCLEODUR® silicas are synthesized in a unique and
carefully controlled manufacturing process which provides silica particles, which are totally spherical. The
picture shows the outstanding smoothness of the
NUCLEODUR® surface.
Purity
As already mentioned above, a highly pure silica is required for achieving symmetric peak shapes and maximum resolution. Inclusions of e. g. iron or alkaline earth
metal ions on the silica surface are largely responsible
for the unwanted interactions with ionizable analytes,
e. g. amines or phenolic compounds.
1212
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
E & OE.
6HYHUDOGLӽHUHQWVXUIDFHPRGLӾFDWLRQVEDVHG
on NUCLEODUR® silica have been developed
over the last years providing a full range of
VSHFLӾHG+3/&SKDVHVDQGDQLGHDOWRROIRU
every separation:
NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity and C8 Gravity
NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis
NUCLEODUR® C18 Pyramid
NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP
NUCLEODUR® CN and CN-RP
NUCLEODUR® NH2 and NH2-RP
NUCLEODUR® C18 ec and C8 ec
For important properties of NUCLEODUR®
phases please see our summary.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Overview of NUCLEODUR® HPLC phases
&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
C18 Gravity
B
6WDELOLW\
RFWDGHF\OSKDVH, high
GHQVLW\FRDWLQJ
PXOWLHQGFDSSLQJ
S+VWDELOLW\²
VXLWHGIRU/&06
&Á863L1
C8 Gravity
RFW\OSKDVHKLJKGHQVLW\
FRDWLQJ
PXOWLHQGFDSSLQJ
S+VWDELOLW\²
VXLWHGIRU/&06
S+VWDELOLW\²
VXLWHGIRU/&06
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
RFWDGHF\OSKDVHZLWK
VSHFLDOO\FURVVOLQNHG
VXUIDFHPRGLӾFDWLRQ
HQGFDSSLQJ
VWDEOHLQDTXHRXV
HOXHQWVZLWKRXWSKDVH
FROODSVH
S+VWDELOLW\
VXLWHGIRU/&06
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
&Á863L7
C18 Isis
ELIXQFWLRQDO53SKDVH
EDODQFHGUDWLRRISURS\O
SKHQ\ODQG&18OLJDQGV
HQGFDSSLQJ
S+VWDELOLW\
VXLWHGIRU/&06
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
&Á863L1
S+VWDELOLW\²
&863L1DQGL11
C18 ec
RFWDGHF\OSKDVHPHGLXP
GHQVLW\FRDWLQJ
HQGFDSSLQJ
&Á863L1
C8 ec
RFW\OSKDVHPHGLXP
GHQVLW\FRDWLQJ
HQGFDSSLQJ
S+VWDELOLW\²
CN /
&153
NH2 /
NH253
SiOH
F\DQRQLWULOHSKDVHIRU
13DQG53VHSDUDWLRQV
²
&Á863L10
DPLQRSKDVHIRU13DQG
53VHSDUDWLRQV
²
&Á863L8
XQPRGLӾHG
863L3
²
QD
²
S+VWDELOLW\²
VXLWHGIRUPRELOH
SKDVHVZLWKKLJK
FRQWHQWVRIZDWHU
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
&Á863L7
S+VWDELOLW\²
VXLWHGIRUPRELOH
SKDVHVZLWKKLJK
FRQWHQWVRIZDWHU
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
Columns for HPLC
Sphinx RP
C18PRGLӾFDWLRQZLWK
SRODUHQGFDSSLQJ
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
&Á863L1
C18
Pyramid
6WUXFWXUH
C
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
A
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
6SHFLӾFDWLRQ
NUCLEODUR®
(Si-O2)n
Phase
S+VWDELOLW\²
(Si-O2)n
OH
OH
Si OH
Si O Si(CH )
3 3
Si OH
Si O Si(CH )
3 3
C N
Si OH
C N
Si O Si(CH )
3 3
NH2
Si OH
NH2
Si OH
Si OH
$ K\GURSKRELFVHOHFWLYLW\% SRODULRQLFVHOHFWLYLW\& VWHULFVHOHFWLYLW\
E & OE.
1213
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
An optimised phase for every separations
$SSOLFDWLRQ
6LPLODUSKDVHV
LQJHQHUDOFRP
SRXQGVZLWKLRQ
L]DEOHIXQFWLRQDO
JURXSVVXFKDV
EDVLFSKDUPDFHXWL
FDOVDQGSHVWLFLGHV
NUCLEOSIL® C18 HD
OLNH&18*UDYLW\
KRZHYHUJHQHUDOO\
VKRUWHUUHWHQWLRQ
WLPHVIRUQRQSRODU
FRPSRXQGV
6HSDUDWLRQSULQFLSOHÁ5HWHQWLRQPHFKDQLVP
:DWHUV;WHUUD®531806&18;
3KHQRPHQH[/XQD® C18 (2),
6\QHUJLŒXQG0D[53=RUED[®
only hydrophobic
([WHQG&,QHUWVLO®2'6,,,
3XURVSKHU®536WDU53 interactions
NUCLEOSIL®
C8 HD
N
O
:DWHUV;WHUUD®53806&8;
3KHQRPHQH[/XQD® C8;
=RUED[®(FOLSVH;'%&
EDVLFSKDUPDFHX
WLFDOLQJUHGLHQWV
YHU\SRODUFRP
SRXQGVRUJDQLF
DFLGV
hydrophobic
interactions DQG
polar interactions
+ERQGV
3KHQRPHQH[$TXD®;
<0&® AQ;
:DWHUV$WODQWLV®G&
FRPSRXQGVZLWK
DURPDWLFDQGPXO QRVLPLODUSKDVHV
WLSOHERQGV\VWHPV
CH3
OH
H3C
N
O
››LQWHUDFWLRQV
DQGhydrophobic
interactions
NO2
NUCLEOSIL® C18
6SKHULVRUE®2'6,,+\SHUVLO®
2'6:DWHUV6\PPHWU\® C18;
,QHUWVLO®2'6,,.URPDVLO®
&/L&KURVSKHU®53
NUCLEOSIL® C8 ec / C8
®
®
UREXVW&8SKDVHIRU 6SKHULVRUE &+\SHUVLO
® C8;
026:DWHUV6\PPHWU\
URXWLQHDQDO\VHV
.URPDVLO®&/L&KURVSKHU®
53
NUCLEOSIL®&1&153
only hydrophobic
interactions
YDQGHU:DDOV
LQWHUDFWLRQV
VRPHUHVLGXDOVLODQRO
LQWHUDFWLRQV
polar / ionic
interactions,
hydrophobic
interactions
SRODURUJDQLFFRP
XQPRGLӾHG18&/(26,/®
SRXQGVLQJHQHUDO
polar / ionic
interactions
H3C
SiOH
C
››LQWHUDFWLRQV,
polar interactions
+ERQGV
hydrophobic
interactions
VXJDUVVXJDUDOFR
KROVDQGRWKHUK\
GUR[\FRPSRXQGV NUCLEOSIL®
'1$EDVHVSRODU
NH2 / NH253
FRPSRXQGVLQ
JHQHUDO
CH3
Si(CH3)3
N
O
N
O
C
N
+
HO
NH3
OH
O
SiOH
O2N
SKDVHVZKLFKSURYLGHDVLPLODUVHOHFWLYLW\EDVHGRQFKHPLFDODQGSK\VLFDOSURSHUWLHV
1214
E & OE.
Columns for HPLC
steric interactions
DQGhydrophobic
interactions
SRODURUJDQLF
FRPSRXQGVEDVLF
GUXJVPROHFXOHV
FRQWDLQLQJ›HOHF
WURQV\VWHPV
H 3C
YDQGHU:DDOV
LQWHUDFWLRQV
KLJKVWHULFVHOHF
WLYLW\WKXVVXLWHG
NUCLEOSIL® C18 AB
IRUVHSDUDWLRQRI
SRVLWLRQDODQG
,QHUWVLO®2'63
VWUXFWXUDOLVRPHUV <0&®3UR&56
SODQDUQRQSOD
QDUPROHFXOHV
UREXVW&18 phase
IRUURXWLQH
DQDO\VHV
CH3
Si(CH3)3
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
3DUWLFOHVL]HDQGVHSDUDWLRQHԀ
FLHQF\
—PSDUWLFOHVIRULQFUHDVHGVHSDUDWLRQHԀ
FLHQF\
decrease of analysis time (ultra fast HPLC)
VKRUWHUFROXPQVZLWKKLJKVHSDUDWLRQHԀ
FLHQF\
VLJQLӾFDQWLPSURYHPHQWRIUHVROXWLRQ
LQFUHDVHGGHWHFWLRQVHQVLWLYLW\
suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics
all NUCLEODUR®SUHPLXPSKDVHVDUHDYDLODEOHLQ—P
C*UDYLW\&*UDYLW\&,VLV&3\UDPLG6SKLQ[53
NUCLEODUR®—PSDUWLFOHVDUHIUDFWLRQDWHGWROLPLWWKHLQFUHDVHLQEDFNSUHVVXUH
1RZDYDLODEOHĂP SDUWLFOHVL]H
5HVROXWLRQDVDIXQFWLRQRISDUWLFOHVL]H
)HDWXUHVRIĂP18&/(2'85®VLOLFDSDUWLFOHV
LQFUHDVHRIVHSDUDWLRQHԀ
FLHQF\E\KLJKHU
QXPEHURIWKHRUHWLFDOSODWHV1
Eluent:
Flow rate:
Pressure:
Detection:
Peaks:
1. Naphthalene
2. Ethylbenzene
VLJQLӾFDQWLPSURYHPHQWLQUHVROXWLRQ
Columns for HPLC
ORZFROXPQEDFNSUHVVXUH
&RPSDULVRQRIEDFNSUHVVXUH
(OXHQW
)ORZUDWH
7HPSHUDWXUH
&ROXPQGLPHQVLRQ
PHWKDQRO
POPLQ
ƒ&
[PP
1
A)
3 μm
Rs = 1.11
B)
1.8 μm
Rs = 1.42
2
NUCLEODUR® C*UDYLW\
Competitor A
EDU
EDU
–
EDU
ĂP
ĂP
50 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity
A) 3 μm, B) 1.8 μm
acetonitrile – water (80:20, v/v)
2 ml/min
A) 80 bar, B) 160 bar
UV, 254 nm
Column:
1
2
VKRUWHUUXQWLPHV
0.4
0.6
0.4
0.6 min
5HGXFWLRQRIDQDO\VLVWLPH
Column: 50 x 4 mm (for 5 μm
125 x 4 mm) NUCLEODUR®
C18 Isis
Eluent: 100 % methanol
Flow rates and pressure see
ÀJXUH
Detection: UV, 254 nm
m-Terphenyl
1.8 μm, 3.00 ml/min (320 bar)
o-Terphenyl
Triphenylene
p-Terphenyl
1.8 μm, 2.00 ml/min (220 bar)
1.8 μm, 1.15 ml/min (125 bar)
5 μm, 0.8 ml min (50 bar)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
E & OE.
3.5
4.0
min
1215
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
HPLC columns with NUCLEODURfi Phasen
NUCLEODUR® C18 - C 8 Gravity nonpolar high density phases
MACHEREY-NAGEL
available as octadecyl (C18 -USP L!) and octyl (C8 - USP L7) modifications
Pore size 110 Ä; particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm for C18, 1.8 and 5 µm for C8
7, 10, 12 and 16 µm particles for preparative separations on request
carbon content 18 % C for C18 , 11 % C for C8
ideal for method development
allows HPLC at pH extremes (pH 1 - 11)
suitable for LC/MS due to low bleeding characteristics
recommended for overall sophisticated analytical separations
compound classes separated so far: pharmaceuticals, e.g. analgesics,
antiinflammatory drugs, antidepressants; herbicides; phytopharmaceuticals; immunosppressants
Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 1.8µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 1.8µm, 18% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 3µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 3µm, 18% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.232
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
400
401
402
403
404
333
405
406
411
412
413
414
407
408
409
410
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 3µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
1216
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 624
4.004 625
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 5µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm, 18% C
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.224
4.004
422
423
424
425
415
416
417
418
426
427
428
429
419
420
511
421
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Gravity
particle size 5, 10 µm, 11 % C
Type
10 mm ID
10 mm ID
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
250
10
1
1
2
4.004 773
4.004 775
4.004 780
*
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Gravity, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
7.510 912
4.004 626
Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 1.8µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 1.8 µm, 11% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
563
564
565
566
559
560
561
562
1217
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 5µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm, 11% C
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C8 Gravity, 5 µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 719
4.004 720
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C8 Gravity
MACHEREY-NAGEL
particle size 5 µm, 11 % C
Available on request.
1218
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
NUCLEODURfi C Isis phase with high steric selectivity
C18 phase with special polymeric, crosslinked surface modification - USP L1
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 20 % C
high steric selectivity
outstanding surface deactivation
suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics
pH stability 1 - 10
broad range of application: steroids, (o,p,m-)
substituted aromatics, fat-soluble vitamins
MACHEREY-NAGEL
6XUIDFHPRGL¿FDWLRQ
%\XVHRIVSHFL¿F&18 silanes and appropriate polymeric bonding technologies a dense shield of alkyl chains protects the subjacent silica matrix.
(OHPHQWDODQDO\VLVRI18&/(2'85® C18,VLVVKRZVDFDUERQORDGRI
The target crosslinking of the C18 chains on the surface enables the separation of compounds with similar molecular structure but different stereochemical properties. The technical term for this feature is steric selectivity.
Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis
&ROXPQV[PPNUCLEODUR® C18 Isis, monomerically
coated C18 phase, C18 phase with polar endcapping
Eluent:
methanol – water (90:10, v/v)
)ORZUDWH
POPLQWHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ
89QP
,QMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks:
2
1. o-Terphenyl
m-Terphenyl
1
p-Terphenyl
4
7ULSKHQ\OHQH
3
The separation of o-terphenyl and triphenylene is a concrete example to
evaluate the selectivity potential of a reversed phase column in terms of
the different shape of two molecules. The phenyl rings of o-terphenyl are
twisted out of plane while triphenylene has a planar geometry.
7KHVHSDUDWLRQIDFWRUĮYDOXHLVDPHDVXUHIRUWKHVWHULFVHOHFWLYLW\$VLV
VKRZQLQWKHIROORZLQJFKURPDWRJUDPVWKHĮYDOXHLVFRQVLGHUDEOHODUJHURQ
18&/(2'85® C18 Isis compared to a conventional C18 column.
Steric selectivity of NUCLEODUR® C18 Isis
&ROXPQV[PPHOXHQWPHWKDQRO±ZDWHUYY
)ORZUDWHPOPLQWHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ89QPLQMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks: 1. o7HUSKHQ\O7ULSKHQ\OHQH
1
1
2
2
C18, polar endcapping
monomeric C18
C18 Isis
0
NUCLEODUR®
C18 Isis
monomerically
1
coated C18 phase
= 1.35
2
3
4
min
5
0
= 1.93
5
10
0
5
10 min
Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 1.8µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 1.8µm, 20% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.006
501
502
503
504
497
498
499
500
019
1219
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 3µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 3µm, 20% C
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
100
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.006
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
481
482
483
484
020
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
VarioPrep preparative columns
particle size 10µm, 18% C
Type
40 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
mm
250
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.004 782
Guard columns for Nucleodur C18 Isis, 3µm
fi
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 629
4.004 630
Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 5µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm, 20% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
100
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.006
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
505
506
507
508
021
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Isis, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
1220
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 640
4.004 641
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Isis
particle size 5µm, 20% C
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
250
1
1
4.004 801
4.004 797
21 mm i.d.
10 mm i.d.
VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC C18 Isis, 3, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
10
20
2
2
4.004 802
4.004 803
8 mm i.d.
16 mm i.d.
10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the VP 8mm guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,
20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the VP guard column holder 16mm and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.
NUCLEODUR C18 Pyramid phase for highly aqueous eluents
stabel in 100 % aqueous eluent systems- SUP L1
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 14 % C
7 and 10 µm particles for preparative separations on request
interesting polar selectivity features
excellent base deactivation; suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics
pH stability 1 - 9
MACHEREY-NAGEL
classes of compounds separated so far: analgesics, penicillin antibiotics, nucleic acid bases,
water-soluble vitamins, complexing agetns, organic acids
RP HPLC with highly aqueous eluents
'LIIHUHQWDSSURDFKHVFDQEHXVHGWRLQFUHDVHFROXPQVWD
ELOLW\ZLWKKLJKO\DTXHRXVPRELOHSKDVHV\VWHPV7KHPRVW
SURPLVLQJFRQFHSWVDUHLQFRUSRUDWLQJDSRODUJURXSLQWKH
K\GURSKRELFDON\OFKDLQRUXVLQJK\GURSKLOLFHQGFDSSLQJ
SURFHGXUHV WR LPSURYH WKH ZHWWDELOLW\ RI WKH UHYHUVHG
SKDVHPRGL¿FDWLRQ
Stability features
18&/(2'85® C183\UDPLGLVDVLOLFDSKDVHZLWKK\GURSKLOLF
HQGFDSSLQJGHVLJQHGHVSHFLDOO\IRUXVHLQHOXHQWV\VWHPV
RIXSWRZDWHU7KHVWDELOLW\WHVWVKRZVWKHUHWHQWLRQ
EHKDYLRXURIWDUWDULFDFHWLFDQGPDOHLFDFLGXQGHUSXUHO\
DTXHRXVFRQGLWLRQVRQ18&/(2'85® C183\UDPLGLQFRP
SDULVRQZLWKDFRQYHQWLRQDOO\ERQGHG53SKDVH
,WFDQEHVKRZQWKDWWKHUHWHQWLRQWLPHVIRU18&/(2'85®
C183\UDPLGUHPDLQQHDUO\XQFKDQJHGEHWZHHQLQLWLDOLQ
MHFWLRQ DQG UHVWDUW DIWHU WKH ÀRZ KDV EHHQ VWRSSHG IRU
KRXUVZKLOVWWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIWKHFRQYHQWLRQDO53
FROXPQFROODSVHGWRWDOO\DIWHUPLQ
Retention characteristics
7KHSRODUVXUIDFHGHULYDWL]DWLRQH[KLELWVUHWHQWLRQFKDUDF
WHULVWLFV ZKLFK GLIIHUHQWLDWH WKH ³3\UDPLG´ IURP FRQYHQ
tional C18 VWDWLRQDU\ SKDVHV 7KH FKURPDWRJUDP DW ULJKW
VKRZV WKH LPSURYHG UHWHQWLRQ EHKDYLRXU RI YHU\ SRODU
FRPSRXQGVVXFKDVVKRUWFKDLQRUJDQLFDFLGVZKLFKDUH
LQVXI¿FLHQWO\UHWDLQHGRQ53FROXPQVZLWKSUHGRPLQDQWO\
K\GURSKRELFVXUIDFHSURSHUWLHV
Stability test
initial injection
UHVWDUWDIWHUK
Pyramid
3
3
1
1
stop
2
2
UHVWDUWDIWHUPLQ
3
FRQYHQWLRQDO&18
&RQYHQWLRQDO UHYHUVHG SKDVH FROXPQV RIWHQ GLVSOD\ VWD
ELOLW\ SUREOHPV LQ HOXHQW V\VWHPV ZLWK KLJK SHUFHQWDJH
RIZDWHU!DVHYLGHQFHGE\DVXGGHQGHFUHDVHRI
UHWHQWLRQWLPHDQGRYHUDOOSRRUUHSURGXFLELOLW\7KLVSKH
QRPHQRQ LV GHVFULEHG DV SKDVH FROODSVH FDXVHG E\ WKH
PRELOHSKDVHH[SHOOHGIURPWKHSRUHVGXHWRWKHIDFWWKDW
K\GURSKRELF53SKDVHVDUHLQFRPSOHWHO\ZHWWHGZLWKWKH
PRELOHSKDVH
1
stop
2
5 min
0
0
5 min
ERWKFROXPQV[PP,'P0.+2324S+
POPLQƒ&89QPLQMHFWLRQYROXPH 1 μl
Peaks:WDUWDULFDFLGDFHWLFDFLGPDOHLFDFLG
01$SSO1R
Separation of very polar compounds
&ROXPQ
[PP18&/(2'85® C18
3\UDPLG—P
(OXHQW
+324
1
)ORZUDWH
POPLQ
7HPSHUDWXUH
ƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ
89QP
2
,QMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks:
)RUPLFDFLG
$FHWLFDFLG
t0
01$SSO1R
E & OE.
0
2
min
1221
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 1.8µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 1.8µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 3µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 3µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.232
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
469
470
471
472
458
459
460
796
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 3µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4,6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 739
4.004 740
Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 5µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
1222
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.226
4.004
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
454
455
456
457
451
452
913
453
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 Pyramid, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4,6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 721
4.004 722
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 Pyramid
particle size 5µm, 14% C
Type
10 mm i.d.
21 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
250
250
1
1
4.004 783
4.004 785
VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC C18 Pyramid, 3, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
8 mm i.d.
16 mm i.d.
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
10
20
2
2
4.004 788
4.004 789
VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,
20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.
NUCLEODURfi Sphinx RP bifunctional RP phase
distinct selectivity based on bifunctional surface coverage - USP L1 and USP L11
MACHEREY-NAGEL
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 1.8 µm, 3 µm and 5 µm; 14 % C
high density of covalently bonded silanes for tailing-free peaks widens the scope for method development
pH stability 1 - 10
suitable for LC/MS due low bleeding characteristics
high reproducibility and consistent quality due to tight QC procedures
range of application: quinolone antibiotics, sulfonamides, xanthines, substituted aromatics
E & OE.
1223
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Alternative RP selectivity
18&/(2'85® 6SKLQ[ 53 LV FKDUDFWHUL]HG E\ H[FHSWLRQDO
selectivity features generated by a well-balanced ratio of
FRYDOHQWO\ERQGHGRFWDGHF\ODQGSKHQ\OJURXSV7KHFRP
bination of classical hydrophobic with ›› interactions
DURPDWLF ULQJ V\VWHP H[SDQGV WKH VFRSH RI VHOHFWLYLW\
LQFRPSDULVRQZLWKFRQYHQWLRQDOUHYHUVHGSKDVHSDFNLQJV
18&/(2'85® 6SKLQ[ 53 LV SDUWLFXODUO\ VXLWHG IRU WKH
VHSDUDWLRQRIPROHFXOHVFRQWDLQLQJDURPDWLFDQGPXOWLSOH
ERQGV )RU WKH VHSDUDWLRQ RI SRODU FRPSRXQGV 18&/(2
'85®6SKLQ[53FDQEHHVSHFLDOO\UHFRPPHQGHGDQGFDQ
DOVRRXWSHUIRUPPDQ\FXVWRPDU\&SKDVHV
,Q DGGLWLRQ H[KDXVWLYH HQGFDSSLQJ VWHSV PLQLPL]H XQ
ZDQWHG VXUIDFH VLODQRO DFWLYLW\ DQG JXDUDQWHH H[FHOOHQW
peak shapes even for strongly basic analytes
'LIIHUHQW IURP VWDQGDUG SKHQ\O SKDVHV 18&/(2'85®
6SKLQ[53LVIDUPRUHVWDEOHWRZDUGVK\GURO\VLVDQGLVDOVR
VXJJHVWHGIRU/&06DSSOLFDWLRQV
'XHWRWKHDGGLWLRQDOLQWHUPROHFXODULQWHUDFWLRQV18&/(2
'85® 6SKLQ[ 53 LV DQ LQWHUHVWLQJ UHSOHQLVKPHQW WR WKH
KLJKGHQVLW\ERQGHGSKDVHV18&/(2'85®&& Gravity
DQGWKHSRODUHQGFDSSHG18&/(2'85®&3\UDPLG
6HSDUDWLRQRIÀDYRQRLGVRQGLIIHUHQW18&/(2'85® phases
&ROXPQV[PP
A) NUCLEODUR® C8 Gravity, 5 μm
B) NUCLEODUR® C18 Gravity, 5 μm
C) NUCLEODUR® Sphinx RP, 5 μm
(OXHQWZDWHU±PHWKDQROYYPOPLQƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ89QPLQMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks:
&DWHFKLQ5XWLQ)LVHWLQ4XHUFHWLQ
.DHPSIHURO,VRUKDPQHWLQ
A
B
C
1
01$SSO1R
0.0
2
3
2.5
4
5
5.0
6
7.5 min
Nucleodurfi , Sphinx RP, 1.8µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 1.8µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
Nucleodurfi , Sphinx RP, 3µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 3µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
1224
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
582
583
584
585
594
595
596
597
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 SPHINX RP, 3µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 696
4.004 697
Nucleodurfi , Sphinx RP, 5µm
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm, 14% C
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.225
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
971
577
578
579
580
581
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi C18 SPHINX RP, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4,6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 681
4.004 682
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi C18 SPHINX RP
particle size 5µm, 14% C
Type
10 mm i.d.
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
250
1
1
4.004 790
4.004 791
VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC SPHINX RP, 3, 5µm
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
8 mm i.d.
16 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
2
2
4.004 795
4.004 796
10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,
20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.
E & OE.
1225
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
NUCLEODURfi C18 ec - C8 ec nonpolar phases for routine analyses
available with medium density octadecyl (C18 - USP L1) and octyl (C8 - USP L7)
modification
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes, 3 µm and 5 µm;
7 µm, 10 µm, 12 µm, 16 µm, 20 µm, 30 µm und 50 µm for preparative separations on request
for daily routine analysis and up-scaling for preparative HPLC
pH stability 1 - 9
carbon content 17.5 % C for C18 , 10.5 % C for C8
high reproducibility from lot to lot
for standard routine applications in reversed phase chromatography
NUCLEODUR® C18 ec for daily routine analysis and
up-scaling in preparative HPLC
7KHHI¿FLHQF\RIDVHSDUDWLRQLVFRQWUROOHGE\SDUWLFOHVL]H
DQG VHOHFWLYLW\ RI WKH VWDWLRQDU\ SKDVH 7KH H[FHSWLRQDO
VXUIDFHFRYHUDJHRIPRQRPHULFERQGHGDON\OVLODQHVFRP
ELQHG ZLWK DQ H[KDXVWLYH HQGFDSSLQJ UHVXOWV LQ D VXU
IDFH ZLWK ORZHVW VLODQRO DFWLYLW\ 7KLV DOORZV WKH WDLOLQJ
IUHH HOXWLRQ RI SRODU FRPSRXQGV VXFK DV EDVLF GUXJV
18&/(2'85® C18HFLVDOVRLGHDOIRUVFDOHXSSXUSRVHV
Chemical stability
7KH XWPRVW SXULW\ RI WKH EDVH VLOLFD DQG WKH H[FHSWLRQDO
VLODQHERQGLQJFKHPLVWU\PLQLPL]HVWKHULVNRIGLVVROXWLRQ
RUK\GURO\VLVDWS+H[WUHPHV
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Separation of phenols
&ROXPQV[PP18&/(2'85®C8 ec /
C18 ec
(OXHQW$ZDWHU%PHWKDQRO
*UDGLHQWIRU&8PLQ%WKHQWR%LQ
PLQJUDGLHQWIRU&18PLQ%WKHQWR
%LQPLQ
)ORZUDWHPOPLQWHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ89QPLQMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks:
5HVRUFLQRO3\URFDWHFKRO0HWKR[\SKHQRO
3KHQRO0HWKR[\SKHQRO(WKR[\SKHQRO
9HUDWURO%LSKHQ\ORO3KHQHWROH
7
High loadability
/RDGDELOLW\SUREDEO\WKHPRVWLPSRUWDQWIHDWXUHIRUSUH
SDUDWLYH/&LVGHWHUPLQHGE\SRUHVL]HSRUHYROXPHDQG
VXUIDFHDUHDRIWKHSDFNLQJ
6
1
5
7
2
3
1
NUCLEODUR® octyl phases
8
6
9
4
%DVHGRQWKHVDPHWRWDOO\VSKHULFDODQGKLJKO\SXUHVLOLFD
the C8 SKDVHV H[KLELW WKH VDPH H[FHOOHQW FKHPLFDO DQG
PHFKDQLFDOVWDELOLW\IHDWXUHVDVWKH&18FRXQWHUSDUWV'XH
WR WKH VKRUWHU FKDLQ DQG OHVV K\GURSKRELF SURSHUWLHV RI
WKHVWDWLRQDU\SKDVHWKHUHWHQWLRQRIQRQSRODUFRPSRXQGV
LV GHFUHDVHG DQG LQ FRQVHTXHQFH D UHGXFWLRQ LQ WLPH RI
DQDO\VLVFDQEHDFKLHYHG0RUHRYHUDVWURQJHUSRODUVHOHF
WLYLW\SDUWLFXODUO\ZLWKWKHVHSDUDWLRQRILRQL]DEOHDQDO\WHV
LVIUHTXHQWO\REVHUYHGDVGLVWLQFWIURPWKH&18SKDVHV
2
3
C8 ec
5
89
4
0
5
C18 ec
10
15
min
20
01$SSO1R
6RPHJHQHUDOSULQFLSOHVDUH
+LJKGHQVLW\&8 and C18SKDVHVDOORZWDLOLQJIUHHHOXWLRQHYHQIRUYHU\SRODUFRPSRXQGV
2FW\OSKDVHV&8VKRZVXSHULRUSRODUVHOHFWLYLW\
2FWDGHF\OSKDVHV&18VKRZVXSHULRUK\GURSKRELFVHOHFWLYLW\
+\GURSKRELFFRPSRXQGVVKRZVKRUWHUUHWHQWLRQWLPHVRQ&8 phases
Nucleodurfi 100-3 C18 ec
EC analytical columns
Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 3µm
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
1226
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
375
376
377
378
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-3 C18 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
9.003 794
9.003 795
Nucleodurfi 100-5 C18 ec
EC analytical columns
Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 5µm
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
368
369
370
371
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-5 C18 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
9.003 814
9.003 815
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-5 C18 ec
Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 5µm
Type
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
250
1
4.004 752
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-7 C18 ec
Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 7µm
Type
10 mm i.d.
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
250
1
1
4.004 759
4.004 757
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-10 C18 ec
Octadecyl phases, 17.5% C, particle size 10µm
Type
10 mm i.d.
21 mm i.d.
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
50
250
1
1
1
4.004 749
4.004 751
4.004 745
E & OE.
1227
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC 100-5, 100-7, 100-10, C18 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
8 mm i.d.
16 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
2
2
4.004 769
4.004 770
10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,
20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.
Nucleodurfi 100-3 C8 ec
EC analytical columns
Octyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 3µm
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
388
389
390
391
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-3 C8 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 607
4.004 608
Nucleodurfi 100-5 C8 ec
EC analytical columns
Octyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 5µm
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
50
50
50
125
125
125
125
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.228
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
531
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 C8 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
1228
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 708
4.004 709
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
VarioPrep preparative columns
Octyl phases, 10.5% C, particle size 5µm
Type
10 mm i.d.
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
50
250
1
1
4.004 767
4.004 761
VarioPrep columns for preparative HPLC 100-5 C8 ec
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
PK
Cat. No.
2
2
4.004 771
4.004 772
10 mm i.d.
21 mm i.d.
10 x 8mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 8mm VP guard column holder and are suited for 8 and 10mm ID VP columns,
20 x 16mm ID VarioPrep guard columns require the 16mm VP guard column holder and are used for 16 and 21mm ID VP columns.
NUCLEODURfi CN/CN-RP cyano-modified high purity silica phase
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 3 µm and 5 µm; 7 % C - USP L10
multi-mode columns (RP and NP)
widens the scope in selectivity
differnet retention characteristics compared to C8 and C18
stable against hydrolysis at low pH values, working range pH 1-8
high reproducibility from lot to lot
classes of compounds separated so far: tricyclic antidepressants, steroids, organic acids
MACHEREY-NAGEL
6HSDUDWLRQRIFROGPHGLFLQHLQJUHGLHQWVRQWZRGLIIHUHQW18&/(2'85®SKDVHV
&ROXPQV
4
A) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR® 100-5 C18HF
®
B) 250 x 4 mm NUCLEODUR 100-5 CN-RP
(OXHQW
DFHWRQLWULOH±P0VRGLXPFLWUDWH
4
S+YY
)ORZUDWH
POPLQWHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ
89QPLQMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
Peaks:
0DOHLFDFLG
3
2
5
1RUHSKHGULQH
3
5
(SKHGULQH
2
$FHWDPLQRSKHQ
1
6
&KORUSKHQLUDPLQH
A
%URPSKHQLUDPLQH
B
1
01$SSO1R
0
6
4
8
12 min
Nucleodurfi 100-3 CN-RP
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 3µm
Type
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
125
150
150
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
442
441
439
440
Guard columns for NUCLEODURfi 100-3 CN-RP
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
2 and 3 mm i.d.
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
3
3
4.004 663
4.004 664
1229
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN-RP
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 5µm
Type
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
125
125
150
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
436
437
438
434
435
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN-RP
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
4.004 655
Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN
EC analytical columns
eluent in column n-heptane, particle size 5µm
Type
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
125
125
250
250
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
432
433
430
431
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 CN
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
4.004 654
As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.
NUCLEODURfi NH2 /NH2 -RP amino-modified high purity silica phase
pore size 110 Ä, particle sizes 5 µm; 2.5 % C; not endcapped - USP L8
multi-mode columns (RP and NP)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
normal phase chromatography (NP) with hexan, dichloromethane or 2-propanol as mobile phase for polar compounds such as substituted anilines, esters, chlorinated pesticides
reversed phase chromatography (RP) of polar compounds like sugars in aqueous-organic eluent systems
ion exchange chromatography of anions and organic acids using common buffers and organic modifiers
stable against hydrolysis at low pH, working range pH 2-8, 100 % stable in water, suitable for LC-MS
classes of compounds separated so far:
polar compounds under RP conditions (sugars, DNA bases), hydrocarbons under NP conditions
Eluent in column is n-heptane for the NP mode - RP columns are delivered in acetonitrile - water.
For changing the solvent system a rinsing step with THF may be necessary.
1230
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
&ROXPQ
(OXHQW
)ORZUDWH
'HWHFWLRQ
Peaks:
)UXFWRVH
*OXFRVH
6DFFKDURVH
0DOWRVH
/DFWRVH
5HYHUVHGSKDVHVHSDUDWLRQRIVXJDUV
[PP18&/(2'85®1+253
1
DFHWRQLWULOH±ZDWHUYY
POPLQ
5,
3
2
4
01$SSO1R
0
2
4
6
5
8
10 min
Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2-RP
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile, particle size 5µm
Type
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
125
125
150
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
538
539
540
541
542
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2-RP
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
4.004 628
Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2
EC analytical columns
eluent in column n-heptane, particle size 5µm
Type
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
125
125
150
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
533
534
535
536
537
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5 NH2
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
4.004 627
As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.
Unmodified NUCLEODURfi for normal phase separations
totally spherical high purity silica - USP L3
pore size 110 Ä, pore volume 0.9 ml/g, surface (BET) 340 m2/g, density 0.47 g/ml,
pressure stability 800 bar, pH stability 2 - 8
available particle sizes 3 µm and 5 µm; larger particles (10, 12, 16, 20 , 30 and 50 µm)
for preparative applications are available as bulk materials
E & OE.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
1231
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleodurfi 100-5
EC analytical columns
particle size 5µm
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
150
250
250
1
1
1
4.004 374
4.004 372
4.004 373
Guard columns for Nucleodurfi 100-5
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4 and 4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
3
4.004 623
VarioPrep preparative columns NUCLEODURfi 100-5
particle size 5µm
Type
10 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
250
1
4.004 743
NUCLEOSILfi 100-5 C18 PAH special octadecyl phase for PAH analysis
base material NUCLEOSILfi silica, particle size 5 µm, pore size 110 Ä; polymeric coating
MACHEREY-NAGEL
- USP L1
eluent in column acetonitrile/water 70:30
allows efficient gradient separation of the 16 PAH in accordance with EPA
detection of the separated PAH by UV (250 to 280 nm), with diode array or with fluorescence detection at different
wavelegths for excitation and emission (acenaphthylene cannot be analysed with fluorescence detection)
Rapid separation of 16 PAH according to EPA
&ROXPQ
[PP18&/(26,/® 100-5 C3$+
(OXHQWV
$ZDWHU%DFHWRQLWULOH
*UDGLHQW
IURPWR%LQPLQWKHQPLQDW%¿QDOO\LQPLQIURPWR%
)ORZUDWH
POPLQSUHVVXUH±EDU
6
7HPSHUDWXUH
ƒ&
'HWHFWLRQ
89QP
5
10
,QMHFWLRQYROXPH—O
9 11
Peaks:
1DSKWKDOHQH
$FHQDSKWK\OHQH
$FHQDSKWKHQH
)OXRUHQH
3KHQDQWUHQH
$QWKUDFHQH
)OXRUDQWKHQH
3\UHQH
%HQ]>D@DQWKUDFHQH
&KU\VHQH
%HQ]R>E@ÀXRUDQWKHQH
%HQ]R>N@ÀXRUDQWKHQH
%HQ]R>D@S\UHQH
'LEHQ]>DK@DQWKUDFHQH
%HQ]R>JKL@SHU\OHQH
,QGHQR>FG@S\UHQH
8
7
2
1
0
01$SSO1R
4
13 15
12
14
16
3
10 min
Nucleosilfi 100-5 C18 PAH
EC analytical columns
octadecyl phase PAH, particle size 5µm
Type
4 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
2 mm i.d.
3 mm i.d.
4 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
1232
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
mm
50
150
150
250
250
250
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.002
4.002
4.002
7.089
4.002
4.002
4.002
491
493
494
855
372
373
374
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Guard columns for NUCLEOSILfi 100-5 C18 PAH
MACHEREY-NAGEL
As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC.
1 HPLC columns for enantiomer separation
1
NUCLEOCEL ALPHA enantiomer separation based on amylose derivatives
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica,
chiral selector amylose-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L51
similar phases: Chiralpakfi AD, Kromasilfi , AmyCoatfi , Europak 01
high resolution type (S) with 5 µm particle size, allows use of shorter columns (150 mm) for faster separations, pressure stability up to ~ 150 bar
(2000 psi)
NUCLEOCEL ALPHA for normal phase applications:
eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v)
typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixtures
NUCLEOCEL ALPHA-RP for reversed phase applications:
eluent in column acetonitrile - water (50:50), v/v)
designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts such
as perchlorate
recommended application: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB),
chiral compounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds
Enantiomer separation of hexobarbital
Column:
250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL ALPHA S
Eluent:
n-heptane – 2-propanol (80:20, v/v)
Flow rate:
1 ml/min
Temperature:
22 °C
Detection:
UV, 210 nm
Injection volume: 5 μl
Concentration: 1 μg/μl
ƴ = 1.39
Rs = 3.78
O
N
CH3
NH
O
0
MN Appl. No. 121940
CH3
O
5
10
15 min
Nucleocel ALPHA S
EC analytical columns
eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5 µm
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
150
250
1
1
4.002 477
4.002 478
Guard columns for Nucleocel ALPHA S
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 509
Nucleocel ALPHA-RP S
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5µm
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
150
250
1
1
4.002 479
4.002 480
E & OE.
1233
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Guard columns for Nucleocel ALPHA-RP S
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 510
4.6 mm i.d.
As guard columns for EC columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with guard column adaptor EC. 8mm ChromChartfi guard column cartridges in
packs of 3, all other columns in packs of 1.
1
1 HPLC columns for enantiomer separation
NUCLEOCEL DELTA enantiomer separation based on cellulose derivatives
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material silica,
chiral selector Cellulosetris-(3.5-dimethylphenylcarbamate) - USP L40
similar phases: Chiralcelfi OD, Kromasilfi , CelluCoat™, Eurocelfi 01
standard particle size 10 µm,
high resolution type (S) with 5 µm particle size, allows use of shorter columns (150 mm) for faster separations, pressure stability up to ~ 150 bar (2000 psi)
NUCLEOCEL DELTA for normal phase applications:
eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2 (90:10, v/v)
typical eluents are heptane - propanol mixtures
NUCLEOCEL DELTA-RP for reversed phase applications:
eluent in column acetonitrile - water (40:60), v/v)
designed for use either in polar organic mode or with eluents containing high concentrations of chaotropic salts such
as perchlorate
recommended applications: pharmaceutically active compounds, chiral pollutants (e. g. herbicides, PCB), chiral
compounds in food (dyes, preservatives), chiral catalysts and bioorganic compounds
ƴ = 1.29
Rs = 2.6
(QDQWLRPHUVHSDUDWLRQRIÀDYDQRQH
Column:
250 x 4.6 mm NUCLEOCEL DELTA
Eluent:
n-heptane – 2-propanol (90:10,
v/v)
Flow rate:
1 ml/min
Temperature:
25 °C
Detection:
UV, 254 nm
Injection volume: 5 μl
&RQFHQWUDWLRQ —J—O
O
O
0
MN Appl. No. 121260
10
min
Nucleocel DELTA S
EC analytical columns
eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 5µm
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
150
250
1
1
4.002 446
4.002 445
Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA S
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
1234
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 511
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleocel DELTA
EC analytical columns
eluent in column n-heptane - propanol-2, particle size 10µm
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
250
1
4.002 444
4.6 mm i.d.
Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 513
Nucleocel DELTA-RP S
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 5µm
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
150
250
1
1
4.002 449
4.002 448
4.6 mm i.d.
4.6 mm i.d.
Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA-RP S
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 512
Nucleocel DELTA-RP
EC analytical columns
eluent in column acetonitrile - water, particle size 10µm
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
250
1
4.002 447
Guard columns for Nucleocel DELTA-RP
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
4.6 mm i.d.
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.002 514
1235
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
NUCLEOGEL® SUGAR 810 separation of sugars
sulphonated polystyrene/divinylbenzene resins in diffent ionic forms
and RP chromatography
separation mechanism includes ion exclusion, ion exchange, size exclusion, ligand exchange as well as NP and RP chromatography
H+ form: separation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17 - eluent in column 0.01 N H2SO4
Ca2+ form: separation of mono-, di- and oligosaccharides - USP L19
eluent in column water
2UJDQLFDFLGVDQGDOFRKROV
&ROXPQ
[PP18&/(2*(/®
68*$5+
Injection volume: 5 μl
(OXHQW
PPRO+2624
)ORZUDWH
POPLQ
Temperature:
35 °C
'HWHFWLRQ
5,
6XJDUVDQGVXJDUDOFRKROV
&ROXPQ[PP18&/(2*(/®68*$5&D
(OXHQWZDWHUÀRZUDWHPOPLQGHWHFWLRQ5,
0DOWRWULRVH
5DI¿QRVH
Cellobiose
Trehalose
0DOWRVH
6XFURVH
Lactose
Palatinose
0HOLELRVH
Lactulose
*OXFRVH
*DODFWRVH
Xylose
6RUERVH
Lactitol
0DOWLWRO
0DQQRVH
5KDPQRVH
Palatitol
)UXFWRVH
$UDELQRVH
meso(U\WKULWRO
0DQQLWRO
$UDELWRO
Xylitol
6RUELWRO
5LERVH
2[DOLFDFLG
Citric acid
2URWLFDFLG
0DOHLFDFLG
Tartaric acid
Pyruvic acid
0DOLFDFLG
6XFFLQLFDFLG
Lactic acid
)RUPLFDFLG
$FHWLFDFLG
)XPDULFDFLG
0HWKDQRO
Propionic acid
3\URJOXWDPLFDFLG
(WKDQRO
i%XW\ULFDFLG
%XW\ULFDFLG
0
5
10
15
5HWHQWLRQWLPH>PLQ@
20
MACHEREY-NAGEL
25
0
01$SSO1R
5
10
5HWHQWLRQWLPH>PLQ@
15
20
01$SSO1R
Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 H
Valco type columns
separation of sugars, sugar alcohols and organic acids - USP L17
eluent in column 0.01N H2SO4
Type
7.8 mm i.d.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
300
1
4.002 276
Guard columns for Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 H
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
7.8 mm i.d.
1236
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
2
4.002 277
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 Ca
Valco type columns
separation of mono-, di- and oliogosaccharides - USP L19
eluent in column water
Type
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Length
PK
Cat. No.
mm
300
1
4.002 274
7.8 mm i.d.
Guard columns for NUCLEOGEL fi SUGAR 810 Ca
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Type
7.8 mm i.d.
PK
Cat. No.
2
4.002 275
ChromCart Nucleogelfi SUGAR 810 guard column cartridges measure 30 x 4mm and require the 30mm CC column holder, (columns in packs of 1, guard columns in packs of 2
MN column systems
MACHEREY-NAGEL
VarioPrep columns
column system for preparative HPLC manufactured from stainless steel with one adjustable end fitting (on request, columns with two adjustable end fittings
are also available, e.g for frequent use of backflushing techniques)
allows compensation of a dead volume, which could result at the column inlet after some time of operation,
without need for opening the column
packed with NUCLEODURfi and NUCLEOSILfi spherical silica
Available standard dimensions of9DULR3UHSFROXPQVZLWKD[LDOO\DGMXVWDEOHHQG¿WWLQJ
,'
[mm]
8
10
16
21
32
40
50
80
Length [mm]
10*
20*
x
x
50
100
125
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(QGӾWWLQJGHVLJQ
150
250
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
500
x
x
x
[PP,'JXDUGFROXPQVUHTXLUHWKH93JXDUGFROXPQKROGHUPPDQGDUHVXLWHGIRUDQGPP,'93FROXPQV[PP,'
JXDUGFROXPQVUHTXLUHWKH93JXDUGFROXPQKROGHUPPDQGDUHXVHGIRUDQGPP,'93FROXPQV
1 VarioPrep guard column holders and replacement parts
O-rings available on request.
1
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
for 8 and 10 mm ID guard columns
for 16 and 21 mm ID guard columns
2 Accessories for VarioPrep
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
4.002 176
4.002 175
2
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
VP
PK
plunger fitting 10 mm
nut 10 mm
sealing element set 10 mm
sealing ring set 10 mm
MN Inert sealing combination 10 mm
plunger fitting 21 mm
nut 21 mm
sealing element set 21 mm
sealing ring set 21 mm
MN Inert sealing combination 21 mm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
209
210
218
212
211
215
216
213
214
217
1237
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/HPLC
MN column systems
MACHEREY-NAGEL
EC standard columns for analytical HPLC
analytical column system manufactured from stainless steel M 8 outer threads on both ends
combination of sealing element and very fine-meshed stainless steel screen, PTFE sealing ring and fitting
adaptor column heads SW 12 with inner threads M8 x 0.75 and UNF 10-32
as built -in guard columns use ChromCartfi guard column cartridges with 8 mm lenght with the guard
column adaptor EC
packed with NUCLEODURfi spherical silica
$YDLODEOHVWDQGDUGGLPHQVLRQVRI(&FROXPQVÂSOHDVHDVNIRUDYDLODELOLW\RIFHUWDLQSKDVHV
,'
[mm]
8*
20
50
2
4
–
x
x
–
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
/HQJWK>PP@
75
100 125
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
(QG¿WWLQJGHVLJQ
150
200
250
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3OHDVHQRWHWKDWPP,'JXDUGFROXPQFDUWULGJHVDUHDSSOLFDEOHIRUPP,'DQGPP,'(&FROXPQVZKLOHPP,'JXDUGFROXPQ
FDUWULGJHVDUHDOVRXVHGIRUPP,'(&FROXPQV
,QVWDOODWLRQRIWKH(&JXDUGFROXPQDGDSWRU&DW1R
(&FROXPQZLWK&&JXDUGFROXPQ
Accessories and replacement parts for EC columns
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
Guard column adapter EC
1/16" nut fpr connecting 1/16" capillaries
1/16" ferrule
1/16" end cap, plastic
EC fitting adaptor
EC column head (nut)
EC PTFE sealing ring
sealing-set combination for EC columns
1238
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
7.081
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
4.002
898
179
180
178
219
220
221
222
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Flash columns
1 Chromabondfi Flash cartridges for Biotagefi systems
1
product range designed for use in Flash systems of Biotage AB (Flash 12i™ and
FlashMaster™) without additional connectors or capillaries
MACHEREY-NAGEL
on request all column types listed below can be packed with any Chromabondfi adsorbent (please note that other
packings often result in differing adsorbent weights)
Chromabondfi Flash RS columns for Teledyne Iscofi systems (RS) on request.
Description
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
CHROMABONDfi
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
Flash
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
15/2 SiOH
25/5 SiOH
25/10 SiOH
70/10 SiOH
70/20 SiOH
70/25 SiOH
150/25 SiOH
150/50 SiOH
150/70 SiOH
15/2 C18 ec
25/5 C18 ec
70/10 C18 ec
150/50 C18 ec
Column
length
Int.
dia.
Capacity
PK
cm
9.0
10.0
10.0
15.4
15.4
15.4
17.0
17.0
17.0
9.0
10.0
15.4
17.0
mm
15.80
20.50
20.50
26.80
26.80
26.80
38.20
38.20
38.20
15.80
20.50
26.80
38.20
g
2.0
5.0
10.0
10.0
20.0
25.0
25.0
50.0
70.0
2.0
5.0
10.0
50.0
50
50
50
30
30
30
20
20
10
50
20
20
10
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
785
792
693
787
799
793
694
789
784
791
786
788
790
Silica adsorbents for low pressure column chromatography
standard silica 60, pore size ~ 60 Å; pore volume ~ 0.75 ml/g; spec. surface BET ~ 500 m2/g
MACHEREY-NAGEL
highly porous, amorphous silicic acid in the form of hard, opalescent particles, prepared by precipitation of water glass with
sulphuric acid.
For higher demands on the performance of column packings we recommend our high-purity irregular Polygoprep silicas.
silica FIA for the fluorescence indicator adsorption procedure for the determination of hydrocarbon groups in the testing of liquid fuels in accordance with DIN
51791 and ASTM D 1319-58T
The FIA method determines saturated hydrocarbons, olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons of a sample chromatographically by adsorption and desorption in a
column filled with FIA silica, in the presence of a fluorescent dye mixture
Description
Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, < 0.063 mm
Silica 60, < 0.08 mm
Silica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm
Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm
Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, < 0.063 mm
Silica 60, < 0.08 mm
Silica 60, 0.1 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm
Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm
Silica 60, 0.015 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.025 - 0.04 mm
Silica 60, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60 M, 0.04 - 0.063 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.1 mm
Silica 60, 0.05 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, 0. 063 - 0.2 mm
Silica 60, < 0.063 mm
Silica 60, < 0.08 mm
Silica 60, 0.2 - 0.5 mm
Silica 60, 0.5 - 1.0 mm
Silicia FIA fine
Silicia FIA coarse
particle size
mesh/mm
230
230
130
70
70
- 400
- 400
- 270
- 270
- 230
+ 230
+ 190
70 - 130
35 - 70
18 - 35
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
230
230
130
70
70
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
- 400
- 400
- 270
- 270
- 230
+ 230
+ 190
70 - 130
35 - 70
18 - 35
230
230
130
70
70
- 400 mesh
- 400 mesh
- 270 mesh
- 270 mesh
- 230 mesh
+ 230 mesh
+ 190 mesh
35 - 70 mesh
18 - 35 mesh
0.071 - 0.16 mm
0.071 - 0.63 mm
E & OE.
Weight
kg
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
1
1
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.005
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.005
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
999
948
968
971
974
954
957
977
951
960
962
965
001
950
970
973
976
956
959
979
953
961
964
967
000
949
969
972
975
955
958
978
952
963
966
980
981
1239
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Flash columns-Solvent storage/handling
Aluminium oxide adsorbents for column chromatography
aluminium oxides produced by dehydration of different aluminium hydroxides, e. g. hydrargillite between 400 and 500°C,
activity grade I, particle size 50 to 200µm, specific surface (BET) ~ 130m²/g
Type
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
1240
Range
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
oxide
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
basic
neutral
acidic
basic
neutral
acidic
basic
neutral
acidic
pH
pH 9,5 ± 0,3
pH 7 ± 0,5
pH 4 ± 0,3
pH 9,5 ± 0,3
pH 7 ± 0,5
pH 4 ± 0,3
pH 9,5 ± 0,3
pH 7 ± 0,5
pH 4 ± 0,3
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Weight
PK
kg
1
1
1
5
5
5
25
25
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
6.231
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
934
726
939
936
938
941
935
937
940
Safety
for Laboratory
and Production
Fire-resistant
Safety Specialist
Level control
WasteManagement
HPLC Extraction
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Safety Caps
1
The integral air filter blocks hazardous vapours and cleans the inflowing air from dust
Scat
and dirt particles. With various connectors for capillaries and tubes. Safety Caps are
available for most common glass bottles (e.g. thread size GL45). They can be customized for other container sizes by
using different adapters. Especially recommended for HPLC use: Solvents stay clean and components of solvent mixtures can not evaporate. Optimum protection against health hazards caused by evaporation and insufficient sealing.
Key advantages:
- no evaporation of hazardous gases
- no contamination of solvents
- no crimping of connection tubing
- easy container exchange
- no air intake (HPLC)
- cost efficiency (save expensive solvents by avoiding evaporation)
2 3 Safety Caps
Safe solvent supply.
Scat
With integral air filter vent. For maximum efficiency, we recommend that the vent is changed every 6 months. The filter
membrane absorbs dust and dirt particles to protect your solvent reservoirs. The vent is universally suitable for all Safety Caps: it also works with your current Safety Caps. Simply replace the old vent with the new one.
Description
Connections
PK
Cat. No.
capillary (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillary (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
Safety Caps III, combined, GL45 (2 with stopcocks / 1 without stopcock)
3 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
1
9.139 861
Safety Caps I, for 3/16", GL45
Safety Caps II for NS 29/32 bottles
1 capillary (3/16" o.d.)
2 capillaries (3.2mm o.d.)
1
1
9.139 862
9.139 863
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
Caps
I, GL45
II, GL45
III, GL45
IV, GL45
VI, GL45
I, with 1 stopcock, GL45
II, with 2 stopcocks, GL45
III, with 3 stopcocks, GL45
IV, with 4 stopcocks, GL45
VI, with 6 stopcocks, GL45
II, combined, GL45 (1with stopcock / 1 without stopcock)
2
1
2
3
4
6
1
2
3
4
6
2
3
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
4
4 Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps
Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps, with integral air filter.
Scat
The valve opens when the HPLC pump is operated, and allows air to flow into the bottle
- this prevents a vacuum buiding up in the bottle. As soon as the pump stops, the membrane immediately seals shut and no dangerous solvent vapours can
escape.
Description
PK
Cat. No.
Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps
Pressure relief valve for SafetyCaps (refill pack)
1
10
9.139 864
4.005 886
1242
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 SafetyCaps Basic fire-resistant
1
For GL45 necked solvent reservoirs in HPLC devices
- fire-resistant
- orange
- optionally available with 1 to 6 connectors
Description
Connections
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
1
2
3
4
6
I GL45
II GL45
III GL45
IV GL45
VI GL45
x
x
x
x
x
connector
connector
connector
connector
connector
Scat
PK
3.2mm
3.2mm
3.2mm
3.2mm
3.2mm
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
1
1
1
1
1
2 SafetyCaps with shutoff fire-resistant
Connections
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
SafetyCap
1
2
3
4
6
I GL45
II GL45
II GL45
IV GL45
VI GL45
x
x
x
x
x
PK
1
1
1
1
1
3 Fire-resistant pressure relief valve, orange, for SafetyCaps
The valve opens when the HPLC pump is operated, and allows air to flow into the bottle
- this prevents vacuum building up within the bottle. As soon as the pump stops, the
membrane immediately seals shut and no dangerous solvent vapours can escape.
4 SafetyWasteCaps fire-resistant, orange
SafetyWasteCap GL45
SafetyWasteCap GL45
SafetyWasteCap GL45
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
772
785
786
777
778
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.005 769
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.005 773
1
4.005 788
1
1
4.005 783
4.005 787
4
For GL45 necked, solvent reservoirs in HPLC systems. Stopper systems - made up of a
cap and safety funnel (on request) - offer great flexibility in the area of application and
use. Through the use of pure PTFE and HDPE, SafetyWasteCaps are resistant to aggressive media,
e.g. organic solvents, acids and bases.
1
1
1
2
1
3
4
1
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
Scat
pressure relief valve SafetyCaps, with integral air filter
SafetyWasteCap GL45
Cat. No.
3
Description
Description
770
780
781
776
779
Scat
connector 3.2mm o.d. with shutoff
connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff
connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff
connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff
connectors 3.2mm o.d. each with shutoff
Description
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
2
For GL45-necked, solvent reservoirs in HPLC devices
- with shutoff
- fire-resistant
- orange
- optionally available with 1 to 6 connectors
Description
Cat. No.
safety funnel with mesh sieve,
connector 2.3/3.2mm o.d.
connection tubing 6.4mm i.d.
connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.
connector 6.4mm i.d.
connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.
connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d.
connector 6.4mm i.d.
E & OE.
Scat
1243
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Exhaust air filters, fire-resistant, for Safety Waste Caps
1
Fire-resistant exhaust air filter, orange. For flammable liquids.
Scat
Description
Exhaust air filter Size S (24g), fire-resistant
Exhaust air filter Size M (48g), fire-resistant
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
4.005 782
4.005 784
2 3 Safety Waste Caps
For safe disposal of liquid waste.
Safety Waste Caps have a connection for exhaust vent filter.
Scat
The exhaust vent filter absorbs 99% of all volatile substances that can evaporate from the containers during solvent
disposal. For optimum protection of health and environment. Safety Waste Caps are manufactured of pure PTFE and
HDPE, ensuring maximum chemical resistance against organic solvents and other aggressive chemicals.
Please order exhaust vent filter separately.
Thread
Connections
GL45
GL45
GL80
3 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2 mm o.d.
2 connectors Ø 2,3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4 mm i.d.
4 connectors Ø 2.3/3.2 mm o.d., 1 tubing Ø 6.4 mm i.d.
2
Connections
S51
S55
S60/61
S60/61
S70/71
S90
2
2
3
2
2
4
1244
x
x
x
x
x
x
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
2.3/3.2
2.3/3.2
2.3/3.2
2.3/3.2
2.3/3.2
2.3/3.2
1
1
1
9.139 865
9.139 866
9.139 869
PK
Cat. No.
4
different thread diameters
optional 1 to 4 connections
exhaust filter
safety funnel
level control
Thread
Cat. No.
3
4 Safety Waste Caps S-thread with tube connection
-
PK
Scat
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o.d.,
o.d.,
o.d.
o.d.,
o.d.,
o.d.,
1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
E & OE.
4.005
4.005
9.139
9.139
4.005
9.139
583
584
867
868
585
870
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Safety Waste Caps
1
B-thread with tube connection.
Thread
Connections
53B
4
1
4
1
83B
x
x
x
x
connector
connector
connector
connector
Scat
2.3/3.2mm o.d.
6.4 mm i.d.
2.3/3.2mm o.d.
6.4mm i.d.
2 Charcoal filters for Safety Waste Caps
Filter
packing
g
24
48
100
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
9.139 871
9.139 872
9.139 873
Description
with splash guard
with splash guard
with splash guard
4.005 438
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
4.005 634
4.005 631
4.005 635
4
Exhaust air filter supply pack (blue)
Supply pack S
Supply pack M
1
Scat
4 Exhaust air filter supply pack for Safety Waste Caps
Description
4.005 441
3
The filter cleans the exhaust air of solvent vapours. With a specific surface area of
1200m²/g, our special, activated charcoal-based, granulate is the optimum filter
medium for almost all solvent vapours - 99% of all volatile substances are absorbed.
Exhaust air filter S - small
Exhaust air filter M - medium
Exhaust air filter L - large
1
Scat
3 Exhaust air filter for Safety Waste Caps with splash guard
Filter
packing
g
24
48
100
Cat. No.
2
There are three sizes of absorbent charcoal filters (with capacity for 3, 6 or 9 months
respectively) available:
Size
PK
Scat
Filter
packing
g
24
48
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
4
3
4.005 884
4.005 885
1245
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Side collectors for Safety Waste Caps
1
Side collectors for tube connectors.
Scat
Description
2
3
2
3
2
x
x
x
x
PK
connectors 3.2 mm o.d., 1 x tube 6.4 i.d.
tube 6.4 mm i.d.
tube 6.4 mm i.d.
connectors 3.2 mm o.d.
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
9.139
859
864
865
888
2 Collectors for Safety Waste Caps
With fittings and ferrules 3.2 mm.
Straight µanifold for tubing connector.
Scat
Description
3 connection collector for 3 capillaries with 3.2mm o.d.
8 connection collector for 8 capillaries with 3.2mm o.d.
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.139 888
9.139 889
3 Safety Waste Caps with safety funnel
3
Press the locking mechanism to open the funnel when disposing liquid waste. When
releasing, the funnel will close automatically and seal the container safely.
With integral exhaust filter, for optimum protection against hazardous vapours and gases.
Each cap has different connectors for multiple capillaries.
4
Thread
Connections
S 50
S 55
S 60 / 61
S 65
S 70 / 71
83B
S 90
S 95
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
connectors
Scat
PK
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
2.3/3.2mm
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
o.d.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
9.139
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
4 5 Safety Waste Caps with mechanical level control
-
proven SCAT technology for SafetyWasteCaps
different thread diameters
choice of 1 to 4 connections
exhaust filter
safety funnel
mechanical level control
option: SafeLock
supplied as a set with connectors
Scat
5
Thread
Connections
S55
S60/61
S90
2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
2 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
4 x connectors 2.3/3.2mm o.d., 1 x connector 6.4 mm i.d.
1246
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
4.005 612
4.005 613
4.005 616
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1
1 Level control, electronic, contactless
Monitor up to 15 containers simultaneously
Scat
External devices, e.g. pumps or valves, can additionally be controlled via a contact
switch (floating output contact). All signal boxes are delivered with power supply (110/230V).
Disk sensor
Level control without contacting the contents of the container. The sensitivity of the sensor can be adjusted to different wall thicknesses. Suitable for all containers made in glass and non-conductive plastic. Not suitable for stainless
steel containers and canisters made of electro-conductive plastic.
Cable for transmission to signal box and for the connection of peripheral devices.
Combine the extension cable to monitor containers at a distance of up to 200 metres. Control the connected device
via a switch cable with a potential free contact.
Description
Description
Full level SafetySet
Signal box with
disk fill level senor (1 channel),
220V EU power supply, signal cable 3 meters,
Fastening material for sensor
Signal box with
disk low level senor (1 channel),
220V EU power supply, signal cable 3 meters,
Fastening material for sensor
Low level SafetySet
2 Fittings and Ferrules for Safety Waste Caps
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.005 638
1
4.005 797
2
Scat
Description
PK
PP Fittings, universal
PP Fittings, universal
PTFE ferrules, 1.6mm
PTFE ferrules, 1.6mm
PTFE ferrules, 2.3mm
PTFE ferrules, 2.3mm
PTFE ferrules, 3.2mm
PTFE ferrules, 3.2mm
5
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
Cat. No.
4.005
9.139
4.005
9.139
4.005
9.139
4.005
9.139
944
884
941
885
942
886
943
887
3 PTFE fitting with integral ferrule
3
Scat
Description
PK
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
5
10
5
10
5
10
1
1
tubing 1.6mm o.d.
tubing, 1.6mm o.d.
tubing 2.3mm o.d.
tubing, 2.3mm o.d.
tubing 3.2 mm o.d.
tubing, 3.2mm o.d.
tubing, 4.76mm (3/16") o.d.
tubing, 6.35mm (¼") o.d.
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
938
444
939
445
940
446
448
447
4 PTFE-Plugs
4
Closure screwplugs
Scat
Description
PK
for
for
for
for
for
for
for
5
10
50
5
10
1
1
standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFE
standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFE
standard capillary connectors 3.2mm i.d., PTFE
connectors, 4.76mm (3/16") i.d., PTFE
connectors, 4.76mm (3/16") i.d., PTFE
connectors 6.35mm i.d., PTFE
exhaust air filter connector
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
946
881
947
945
880
883
504
5 Thread adapters for Safety Waste Caps, PTFE
5
Scat
Description
Adapter GL38 (f) - GL45 (m)
Adapter GL40 (f) - GL45 (m)
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.139 882
9.139 883
1247
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Inlet filter for solvents
1
HPLC solvent filter
Scat
Description
HPLC solvent filter, PP, for 1/8" dia. (3.2mm o.d.)
HPLC solvent filter, PFA/PTFE, for 1/8" (3.2mm o.d.)
2
PK
Cat. No.
5
5
4.005 890
4.005 891
2 Safety funnel, electroconductive HDPE
HDPE safety funnel, black, electroconductive.
- earthing cable included
- for all types of chemicals
- different thread sizes
- with or without mesh sieve
- for barrels
- supplied as a set with connectors
Thread
Description
GL45
GL45
S55
S55
S60/61
S60/61
S65
S65
83B
83B
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
Scat
PK
mesh sieve
mesh sieve
mesh sieve
mesh sieve
mesh sieve
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electroconductive, for all black safety funnels, black.
Description
Stainless steel mesh
4
515
756
518
759
514
755
519
760
520
761
Scat
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.005 537
4 HDPE Safety funnels, white, non-electroconductive.
-
for all types of chemicals
different thread sizes
with or without anti-flash mesh
for barrels
Thread
Description
GL45
GL45
S55
S55
S60/61
S60/61
S65
S65
83B
83B
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
with
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
splash guard
stainless steel
Scat
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
mesh
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
621
741
624
744
620
740
625
745
628
748
5 Stainless steel mesh sieve
for all safety funnels white.
Scat
Description
Stainless steel mesh sieve for all white safety funnels
1248
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
3 Stainless steel sieve
3
5
Cat. No.
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.005 540
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Connection systems DG Safety Caps
1
DG safety caps are flexible connection systems which have been designed specially for
DURAN Group
handling aggressive, gas-forming liquids.
Available with 1, 2 or 3 connection ports with optional stopcocks, DG safety caps are particularly suitable for pharmaceutical and chemical applications.
- No dangerous gas emissions
- No slipped tubes
- No substance loss due to evaporation
- Clean working environment
The safety caps come complete with v-ring seal (inside diameter 3.2 mm) and are ready for immediate use.
V-ring seals are optionally available for 2 additional tube sizes (1.6 and 2.3 mm external diameter) to suit your application.
DG safety waste caps are ideal for safely collecting and storing liquid laboratory waste. With a choice of different connections and activated carbon filters, they increase safety for laboratory technicians.
- Drip-free collection of used or contaminated media.
- Charcoal filters prevent harmful gas emissions
- Additional connections available for charcoal filter housings and vent tubing.
Description
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
DG
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
Safety
PK
Cap I (1 port)
Cap II (2 ports)
Cap III (3 ports)
Cap I (1 port), with stopcock
Cap II (2 ports), with stopcocks
Cap III (3 ports), with stopcocks
Cap for NS 29/32
Waste GL 45
Waste GL 45 for leak hose
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
9.072
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
2 3 DG Safety Caps, accessories
DURAN Group
Description
PK
Charcoal filter small, 24 g
Charcoal filter large, 48 g
Fitting, PP (spare set)
Venting valve
Thread adapter GL40/GL45 PTFE
Thread adapter GL40/GL45 PP
Thread adapter GL38/GL45 PTFE
Thread adapter GL38/GL45 PP
Thread adapter GL32/GL45 PTFE
Thread adapter GL32/GL45 PP
Screw plug PTFE UNF ¼''
Ferrule, inner diam. 1.6 mm, PTFE
Ferrule, inner diam. 2.3 mm, PTFE
Ferrule, inner diam. 3.2 mm, PTFE
Fitting with ferrule, inner diam. 1.6 mm, PTFE
Fitting with ferrule, inner diam. 2.3 mm, PTFE
Fitting with ferrule, inner diam. 3.2 mm, PTFE
Tool for PP fitting
Tool for PTFE fitting
Screw plug NPT 1/8", for vent tubing
Filter for venting valve, 1 µm, PTFE membrane
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Cat. No.
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
9.209
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
3
E & OE.
1249
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1
1 HPLC bottles, Duranfi complete system 4-port screw cap
For sterile transfer of media or for feeding solvent to HPLC instruments.
DURAN Group
The bottle is pressure/vacuum resistant from -1 to +1.5 bar (tested by TÜV in
accordance with EN 1596, GS marked). Complete with a 4-port screw cap (autoclavable, reusable). Suitable for tube
diameters of 1.6 mm and 3.2 mm.
Spare parts are available individually. Further connection system components for the GL45 thread are available upon
request (Tubing not included). With Retrace Code (Batch Identification), with certificate available via the internet.
Neutral /Type I glass acc. to USP/EP.
Capacity
ml
500
1000
2
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.072 526
9.072 525
2 3 Accessories for connecting system for Duranfi GL 45 bottles (HPLC)
DURAN Group
3
Description
PK
Cat. No.
Screw cap HPLC GL 45,
4 Port complete
Spare set for HPLC screw cap
1
6.226 328
1
6.226 329
Pressure equilization, 0,2 µm for 4-Port-cap,
incl. membrane filter
1
6.226 915
Spare membrane filter
for pressure equilization, 0,2 µm
Bottle 1000 ml, GL 45,
Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar
Bottle 500 ml, GL 45,
Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar
1
6.230 844
1
9.971 704
1
9.071 707
1250
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1 Flexible connecting system for Duranfi GL 45 flasks (HPLC)
1
Materials used: PP and PTFE. Flexible modular system. Four different tube diameters
DURAN Group
(1.6 mm; 3.0 mm; 3.2 mm and 6.0 mm) can be connected. Sterile pressure
equalisation is possible through use of a membrane filter. Unused ports can be provided with a blind cap.
Typical applications: safe transfer of liquid media within a closed and sterile system (evaporation is reduced).
Ordering example
You would like to fit two bottles with a 3-port connection system. You would like to work with two different tube diameters (1.6 mm and 3 mm) and pressure equalization. Consequently, you need the following individual components:
Screw cap GL 45 3-port (Art. No. 7.623 018) 1 pack (2 per pack);
Screw cap GL 14 (Art. No. 6.227 781) 2 packs (2 per pack);
Insert for screw cap GL14 1.6 mm inner diam. (Art. No. 6.229 494) 2 packs (1 per pack);
Insert for screw cap GL14 3.0 mm inner diam. (Art. No. 6.229 495) 2 packs (1 per pack);
Pressure equalization set (complete) (Art. No. 6.228 023) 2 packs (1 per pack).
Description
PK
Scew cap GL 45, 2 port x GL 14
Screw cap GL 45, 3 port x GL 14
Screw cap GL 14 for tubing connector
Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 1.6 mm i.d. hole
Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 3 mm i.d. hole
Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 3.2 mm i.d. hole
Liner for GL 14 screw cap, 6 mm i.d. hole
Screw cap, GL 14, red
Pressure equalising set, 0.2 µm filter, for 2- / 3-Port screw cap
Replacement 0.2 µm membrane filter for pressure equalising set
Bottle 1000 ml, GL 45, Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar
Bottle 500 ml, GL 45, Duran pressure resistant up to +1,5 bar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2 3 Scrubber Adapter for Bottles
Cat. No.
6.227
7.623
6.227
6.229
6.229
6.230
6.227
7.623
6.228
6.230
9.971
9.071
780
018
781
494
495
213
782
838
023
844
704
707
2
Consisting of PTFE body with connecting nut and two lateral GL18 threaded necks, a
Bohlender
300mm long FEP inlet tube and a gas distributor with frit. Easy in- and outlet of gas by
means of rigid-walled tubing (e.g. PTFE) which can be connected to the threaded necks using Bola Laboratory Screw
Joints. Elastic tubing can be connected by means of hose connectors. Inlet tube can be individually shortened. Special
feature: the body of the adapter can be turned independently from the connecting nut.
This means, that the completely assembled adaptor can be removed and fixed onto another bottle without the risk of
disarranging the tubing. Suitable for bottles from Duran Group (formerly Schott, Mainz) with GL45 or GLS80 threads
and capacities between 100 and 5000ml.
3
For
thread type
Thread GL45
Thread GLS 80
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.110 310
9.110 311
4 Distributors for Reaction Vessels (R)
4
Blue screw cap made of PP with GLS80 thread and PTFE body. Centre neck with GL25
thread for connecting tubing up to 15 mm o.d., four lateral necks with GL18 thread.
Exchangeable shaft guide (PTFE) with screw cap (PPS) for inserting and fixing a stirrer shaft
in the centre neck included.
Bohlender
Very good chemical resistance, for working temperatures up to max. +250°C (PP screw cap max. +140°C).
Centre neck
Lateral neck
For diam.
stirrer shaft
GL 25
GL 25
4 x GL 18
4 x GL 18
8 mm
10 mm
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.209 920
9.209 921
1251
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/Solvent storage/handling
1
1 Bottle distributors
PTFE, with GL-threaded necks and screw caps. Suitable for GL45 threaded bottles. The
distributors are ideal for decanting liquids, whereby the necks are connected either to a
liquid source or to an excess pressure or vacuum system (up to 6mm max. tubing dia.).
Bohlender
For hassle-free connection, we recommend the Bola threaded connector, which has to be ordered separately, in accordance with the outer diameter of the tubing.
2
Type
Central
neck
PFA
PTFE
PTFE
2 x GL14
3 x GL14
3 x GL18
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
9.209 851
9.209 852
9.209 844
2 Ground Joint GL Adapters
Black screw cap made of PPS with GL45 thread or blue screw cap made of PP with
Bohlender
GLS80 thread, movable insert with ground joint made of PTFE. Transition from a ground
joint to a glass thread. The body can be turned independently from the screw cap. The complete, assembled adapter
can be removed and fixed onto another bottle without the risk of disarranging the tubing.
Very good chemical resistance, for working temperatures up to max. +250°C.
Type
3
Joint
size
NS
PK
Cat. No.
1
6.224 507
3 4 Flexible Distributors
Polypropylene. For connecting elastic tubing by simply slipping it onto hose connectors.
Bohlender
Suitable for GL45 threaded bottles. With screw cap made of glass-fibre reinforced PP,
ideal for transferring liquids or gases. The angled tubing connectors can be attached to a liquid source, or to a pressure or vacuum system and avoid crimping of the tubing. The distributor can be loosened by simply turning the screw
cap. The complete distribution system can then be fixed onto another bottle.
4
5
number of nozzles For
tubing
bore
mm
2
6 - 9 mm
3
6 - 9 mm
2
7 - 11 mm
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
7.634 892
9.209 858
9.209 859
5 GL fittings
PTFE couplings with GL connector screwthread. Connect PTFE, PFA, FEP, glass and metal
Bohlender
tubing. Fittings are chemical and temperature resistant to approx. 250°C. Can be used
at working pressures of up to 10 bar when used in combination with Bola laboratory screwthread connections
(at room temperature). A further advantage is that they can be used as expansion/reduction adapters to connect
tubing of different diameters. For easy tubing connection we recommend accessory Bola laboratory screwthread connectors which can be ordered separately.
Neck
thread
GL
14
18
25
1252
Bore
PK
Cat. No.
mm
6.5
10.5
14.5
1
1
1
9.207 113
9.207 114
9.207 115
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
Summary of MN phases for GC
)RU FRPSRQHQWV IHDWXULQJ GLӽHUHQW K\GURJHQ ERQG
LQJFDSDFLWLHVDQGWKHDELOLW\WRIRUPVWURQJK\GURJHQ
ERQGV SRO\HWK\OHQH JO\FRO SKDVHV :$; DUH WKH EHVW
FKRLFH IRU D VHSDUDWLRQ 7\SLFDO DQDO\WHV DUH DOFRKROV
DQGFDUER[\OLFDFLGV
01RӽHUVPRUHWKDQGLӽHUHQWSKDVHVIRUJDVFKUR
PDWRJUDSK\IURPYHU\QRQSRODUWRSRODUFROXPQV
1RQSRODU VWDWLRQDU\ SKDVHV HJ GLPHWK\OSRO\
VLOR[DQH SKDVHV VHSDUDWH E\ YRODWLOLW\ LH ERLOLQJ SRLQW
RQO\7\SLFDODQDO\WHVDUHOLQHDUK\GURFDUERQVQDONDQHV
6HOHFWLYLW\ KDV WR EH RSWLPL]HG IRU WKH FULWLFDO SDLU RI
FRPSRQHQWV RU IRU WKH PDLQ FRPSRQHQW <RX VKRXOG
DOZD\VVHOHFWWKHOHDVWSRODUFROXPQZKLFKVROYHV\RXU
VHSDUDWLRQ WDVN $ERXW RI DOO VHSDUDWLRQV FDQ EH
SHUIRUPHG RQ QRQ WR PLGSRODU FROXPQV 7KHVH FRO
XPQVJHQHUDOO\IHDWXUHKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVWDELOLW\
3RODU SKDVHV RӽHU DGGLWLRQDO LQWHUDFWLRQV ZKLFK PD\
LPSURYH D VHSDUDWLRQ :KHQ LQFUHDVLQJ WKH SRODULW\
HJE\LQWURGXFLQJSKHQ\ODQGRUF\DQRSURS\OJURXSV
VHSDUDWLRQ LV LQFUHDVLQJO\ LQӿXHQFHG E\ GLӽHUHQFHV LQ
GLSROHPRPHQWDQGE\FKDUJHWUDQVIHUHӽHFWVHJIRU
² GLSKHQ\OSRO\VLOR[DQHSKDVHV7\SLFDODQDO\WHV
DUH K\GURFDUERQV ZKLFK FRQWDLQ R[\JHQ VXOSKXU QL
WURJHQ SKRVSKRUXV RU KDORJHQ DWRPV XQVDWXUDWHG
PROHFXOHVZKLFKFDQEHSRODULVHGDQGDURPDWLFV
Comparison of separation properties of selected OPTIMA® phases
3
1
3
5
2 4
6
3
8 9 10
8
7
5
1
OPTIMA® 225
6 74
PD[WHPSƒ&
OPTIMA® 1701
9 10
PD[WHPSƒ&
4
2
6 7
8 9 10
5
3 1 4 25
OPTIMA® 17
PD[WHPSƒ&
6
8 9 10
7
OPTIMA® 5
PD[WHPSƒ&
1
2
3 4
0
All columns:
Sample:
Injection:
Carrier gas:
Temperature:
Detector:
10
5
6
8
7
20
OPTIMA® 1
9 10
min
PD[WHPSƒ&
increasing polarity
Capillary columns for GC
1 2
30
Peaks:
1. Undecane
2. Dodecane
3. Octanol
4. Dimethylaniline
5. Decylamine
ĂPӾOPP[PP,'
MN-OPTIMA® test mixture
1.0 μl, split 1:50
80 kPa N2
80 °C A Tmax (isothermal), 8 °C/min
FID, 260 – 300 °C, 26
6. Methyl decanoate
7. Methyl undecanoate
8. Henicosane
9. Docosane
10. Tricosane
(DFKFROXPQLVLQGLYLGXDOO\WHVWHGDQGVXSSOLHGZLWKWHVWFHUWLӾFDWHDQGWHVWFKURPDWRJUDPEXWZLWKRXWӾWWLQJVRU
IHUUXOHV&ROXPQHQGVDUHPHOWHGRUFORVHGZLWKVHSWDDQGWKXVSURWHFWHGIURPDWPRVSKHULFR[\JHQ$GGLWLRQDOO\ZH
LQFOXGHWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJWHVWPL[WXUHZLWKHDFKFROXPQ
2QUHTXHVWDOOFROXPQVFDQEHVXSSOLHGZLWKDLQFKFPFDJHIRUWKH$JLOHQW*&
E & OE.
1253
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
Summary of MN phases for GC
Phase
Composition
max. temperature 1
2
USP
Similar phases
G1
G2
G38
G1
G2
G38
PERMABOND® SE-30, OV-1, DB-1, SE-30,
HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx®-1, 007-1, BP1,
MDN-1, AT™-1, ZB-1, OV-101
Standard phases
OPTIMA® 1
100 % dimethylpolysiloxane
340/360 °C
OPTIMA® 1 MS
Accent
100 % dimethylpolysiloxane
340/360 °C
OPTIMA® 5
5 % phenyl –
95 % methylpolysiloxane
340/360 °C
OPTIMA® 5 MS
OPTIMA® 17
OPTIMA® 624
340/360 °C
340/360 °C
320/340 °C
280/300 °C
PERMABOND® SE-52, SE-54, SE-52, DB-5,
G27
HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx®-5, 007-5, BP5,
G36
MDN-5, AT™-5, ZB-5
G27
G36
DB-5MS, HP-5MS, Ultra-2, Equity™-5, CP-Sil
8CB low bleed/MS, Rtx®-5SIL-MS, Rtx®-5MS,
G27
007-5MS, BPX5, MDN-5S, AT™-5MS, VF-5MS
G36
G3
OV-17, DB-17, HP-50+, HP-17, SPB-50, SP2250, Rtx®-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB-50
DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624,
G43 HP-624, HP-VOC,
CP-624, Rtx®-624, Rtx®-Volatiles, 007-624,
G43 BP624, VOCOL
OPTIMA® 624 LB as above, low bleed phase
280/300 °C
OPTIMA® 1701
14 % cyanopropylphenyl –
86 % dimethylpolysiloxane
300/320 °C
OV-1701, DB-1701, CP-Sil 19 CB, HP-1701,
G46 Rtx®-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB1701
OPTIMA® 225
50 % cyanopropylmethyl
– 50 % phenylmethylpolysiloxane
260/280 °C
G7 DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, Rtx®-225, CP-Sil
G19 43, 007-225, BP225
OPTIMA® WAX
polyethylene glycol
20 000 Dalton
250/260 °C
G16
OPTIMA® FFAP
polyethylene glycol-2-nitroterephthalate
250/260 °C
PERMABOND® CW 20 M, DB-Wax,
Supelcowax™, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWax,
Rtx®-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB, Stabilwax, 007-CW,
BP20, AT™-Wax, ZB-Wax
G25 PERMABOND® FFAP, DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP,
G35 CP-SIL 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukol
Phases for special separations
5 % phenyl –
95 % methylpolysiloxane,
G27
300/320 °C
Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5
specially deactivated for
G36
amine separations
octakis-(2,6-di-O-pentyl2EXW\U\OƶF\FORGH[WULQ 200/220 °C
–
–
LIPODEX® E
for enantiomer separation
heptakis-(2,3-di-O-methylHYDRODEX
6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)230/250 °C
–
–
ƵF\FORGH[WULQIRUHQDQWL
Ƶ7%'0
omer separation
heptakis-(2,3-di-O-acetylHYDRODEX
6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)220/240 °C
–
–
ƵF\FORGH[WULQIRUHQDQWL
Ƶ7%'$F
omer separation
1 ӾUVWWHPSHUDWXUHIRULVRWKHUPDORSHUDWLRQVHFRQGYDOXHIRUVKRUWLVRWKHUPVLQDWHPSHUDWXUHSURJUDPPH3OHDVHQRWH
WKDWIRUFROXPQVZLWKPP,'DQGIRUFROXPQVZLWKWKLFNHUӾOPVWHPSHUDWXUHOLPLWVDUHJHQHUDOO\ORZHU)RUGHWDLOV
refer to the description of individual phases.
2
phases which provide a similar selectivity based on chemical and physical properties
OPTIMA® 5
Amine
1254
E & OE.
Capillary columns for GC
OPTIMA®
5 MS Accent
5 % diphenyl 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane
silarylene phase with selectivity similar to 5 % diphenyl
– 95 % dimethylpolysiloxanphasee
phenylmethylpolysiloxane,
50 % phenyl
6 % cyanopropylphenyl –
94 % dimethylpolysiloxane
Ultra-1, DB-1MS, HP-1MS, Rtx®-1MS,
Equity™-1, AT™-1MS, VF-1MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 1high performance capillary columns
100% dimethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
1
nonpolar phase
separation of components according to boiling points
thick film columns ≥ 3 µm film are expecially recommended for solvent analysis
similar phases: Permabondfi SE-30 , OV-1, DB-1, SE-30, HP-1, SPB-1, CP-Sil 5 CB, Rtx-1, 007-1, BP1, MDN-1, AT-1,
ZB-1, OV-101
for columns with 0.2 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C, the
max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°C
for 0.53mm ID columns with films < 3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp.
for thick film columns with films ≥ 3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.10
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
5.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
5.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
5.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
0.50
1.00
2.00
5.00
0.50
1.00
2.00
5.00
5.00
m
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
657
662
667
671
658
663
668
672
664
669
673
659
665
670
674
676
682
686
691
697
701
706
677
683
687
692
698
702
707
678
684
688
693
699
703
708
679
685
689
694
700
704
149
164
152
265
150
165
153
266
267
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules.
Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.
E & OE.
1255
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 1 MS Accent ultra-low bleed capillary columns for GC
1
100 % Dimethylpolysiloxan
MACHEREY-NAGEL
nonpolar phase with ultra-low bleeding, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors
increased sensitivity due to an unmatched low background level
perfect inertness for basic compounds solvent rinsing for removal of impurities applicable
application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods, pesticides, PCB,
food and drug analyses
similar phases: Ultra-1, DB-1 MS, HP-1 MS, Rtx-1 MS, Equity?1, AT-1 MS, VF-1 MS, CP-Sil 5 CB MS
max. temperature for isothermal operation 340°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme 360°C
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
a.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
m
30
30
60
60
30
30
60
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.002
4.003
4.002
4.003
001
003
002
004
998
005
999
006
Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric
oxygen.
Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.
2
EPA 8140 / 8141 / 8141 A org. P pesticides
Column: OPTIMA®06$FFHQWNjP¿OPP[PP,'
6DPSOHNjJPOLQKH[DQH23SHVWLFLGHVFDOLEUDWLRQ
mix A + 8141 OP pesticides calibration mix B;
IS triphenyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate
13
Injection splitless (for 1 min); inj. temperature 250 °C
Carrier gas He, 1 ml/min, constant pressure
Temperature 100 °C A 180 °C, 10 °C/min (2 min) A 300 °C,
18 °C/min (3 min)
'HWHFWRU)3'ÀDPHSKRWRPHWULFGHWHFWRUƒ&
Peaks:
1. Dichlorvos, 2. Hexamethylphosphoramide, 3. Mevinphos,
4. Trichlorfon, 5. TEPP, 6. Thionazin, 7. Demeton-O, 8. Ethoprop
9. Tributyl phosphate (IS), 10. Dicrotophos, 11. Monocrotophos,
12. Naled, 13. Sulfotepp, 14. Phorate, 15. Dimethoate, 16. Demeton-S, 17. Dioxathion, 18. Terbufos, 19. Fonophos, 20. Phosphamidon-Isomer, 21. Diazinon, 22. Disulfoton, 23. Phosphamidon,
24. Dichlorofenthion, 25. Parathion-methyl, 26. Chlorpyrifos
methyl, 27. Ronnel, 28. Fenitrothion, 29. Malathion, 30. Fenthion, 1
31. Aspon, 32. Parathion-ethyl, 33. Chlorpyrifos, 34. Trichloronate,
35. Chlorfenvinphos, 36. Merphos, 37. Crotoxyphos, 38. Stirofos,
39. Tokuthion, 40. Merphos oxidation product, 41. Fensulfothion,
42. Famphur, 43. Ethion, 44. Bolstar, 45. Carbophenothion,
46. Triphenyl phosphate (IS), 47. Phosmet, 48. EPN, 49. Azinphosmethyl, 50. Leptophos, 51. Tri-o-cresyl phosphate, 52. Azinphosethyl, 53. Coumaphos
MN Appl. No. 213030
1256
E & OE.
51
31
32
33
6 9
10
11
12 8
3
5
4
43
44
24
25
42
18
19
45
27
48
30 36
46 47
26 28
37
15
41
29
14
49 50
34
21
38
5253
22
35 39
40
23
16
17
7
20
4
8
12
16 min
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 5 capillary columns for GC
1
5 % phenyl - 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G27, G36
nonpolar standard phase with large range of application
similar phases: Permabondfi
SE-52 , SE-54, SE-52, DB-5, HP-5, SPB-5, CP-Sil 8, Rtx-5, 007-5, BP5, MDN-5, AT-5, ZB-5
for columns with 0.1 to 0.32mm ID and films <3µm the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 340°C,
the max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 360°C
for 0.53mm ID columns with films < 3µm the max. temperatures are 320 and 340°C, resp.
for thick film columns with films ≥ 3µm the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.
Type
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.10
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
5.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
5.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
0.10
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
3.00
0.50
1.00
2.00
5.00
0.50
1.00
2.00
5.00
2.00
5.00
2.00
m
10
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
50
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
235
709
715
719
723
727
710
716
720
724
728
711
717
721
725
729
712
718
722
726
730
733
738
742
746
751
755
760
734
739
743
747
752
756
761
735
740
744
748
753
757
736
741
745
749
754
758
155
168
158
261
156
169
159
262
160
263
161
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa,
and thus protected from atmospheric oxygen.
Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.
E & OE.
1257
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 5 MS capillary columns for GC
5 % diphenyl - 95 % dimethylpolysiloxane
1
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G36
nonpolar phase with low bleeding
ideal for GC/MS and ECD applications and general analyses at trace level
perfect inertness for basic compounds
similar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS,
BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MS
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C,
max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.50
1.00
1.00
m
30
30
30
60
60
25
30
30
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
7.080
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
6.700
4.003
4.003
7.080
092
099
101
098
100
091
690
093
092
742
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
12
Analysis of various phenols
OPTIMA® 5 MS, 30 m x 0.25 mm ID,
—P¿OPPD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
Sample:
5 ppm each except N-i-propylaniline (9.4 ppm)
Method:
SPME
Temperature: 40 °C (2 min) A 240 °C, 6 °C/min A 320 °C,
20 °C/min
Detector:
MSD
Peaks:
1. Toluene-D8
2. Phenol
3. 2-Methylphenol (o-Cresol)
4. Nitrobenzene-D5
5. N-i-Propylaniline
6. 2,4-Dichlorophenol
7. 4-Chlorophenol
8. 4-Bromo-2-chlorophenol
9. 3-Bromophenol
10. 4-Chloro-3-methylphenol
11. 2,4-Dibromophenol
12. 2-Hydroxybiphenyl
13. 2-Cyclohexylphenol
+H[DÀXRURELVSKHQRO$
Column:
8
10
5
9
7
1
34
13
2
6
courtesy of Riedel-de-Haën, Seelze, Germany
MN Appl. No. 210110
E & OE.
14
10
11
20
30
min
1259
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 5 MS Accent capillary columns for GC
1
silarylene phase
MACHEREY-NAGEL
with polarity similar to a 5 % diphenyl -95 % dimethylpolysiloxane phase.
USP G27, G36
lowest column bleed, nonpolar phase, ideal for ion trap and quadrupol MS detectors solvent rinsing for removal of
impurities applicable application areas: all-round phase for environmental analyses, trace analyses, EPA methods,
pesticides, PCB, food and drug analyses
similar phases: DB-5 MS, HP-5 MS, Ultra-2, Equity-5, CP-Sil 8 CB low bleed/MS, Rtx-5SIL-MS, Rtx-5 MS, 007-5 MS,
BPX5, MDN-5S, AT-5 MS, VF-5 MS
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 340°C,
max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 360°C
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.50
1.00
1.00
0.25
0.50
0.25
1.00
m
30
30
30
60
60
60
25
30
30
60
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
017
019
021
018
020
022
011
009
013
010
012
Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric
oxygen.
Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.
7KHEOHHGFRPSDULVRQWHVWRIWKH237,0$® 5-MS Accent
with a conventional 5-MS phase shows the outstanding
performance of the silarylene phase.
7KH XQPDWFKHG ORZ EDFNJURXQG OHYHO RI WKH 237,0$®
5 MS Accent, which is approximately three times lower
FRPSDUHGWRD06EUDQGFROXPQSURYLGHVVLJQL¿FDQWO\
increased sensitivity and allows the application in trace
analyses particularly of high-boiling compounds.
Background noise at 340 °C
FID Signal in mV
107.8
90.2
Standard 5 MS Phase
107.6
90
107.4
89.8
107.2
89.6
0
1260
10
20
30 s
E & OE.
0
OPTIMA® 5 MS Accent
10
20
30 s
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 17 capillary columns for GC
phenylmethylpolysiloxane (50 % phenyl)
MACHEREY-NAGEL
1
USP G3
medium polar phase suitable for higher temperatures preferred applications: steroids, pesticides, drug analyses
similar phases: OV-17, DB-17, HP50+, HP17, SPB-50, SP-2250, Rtx-50, CP-Sil 24 CB, 007-17, ZB50
max.temperature for isothermal operation: 320°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature
programme: 340°C, for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 300 and 320°C, resp.
Type
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.10
0.15
0.25
0.50
0.15
0.25
0.50
0.15
0.25
0.50
0.15
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.15
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
1.00
m
10
25
25
25
30
30
30
50
50
50
60
60
60
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
60
60
60
25
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
236
181
026
046
182
027
047
183
028
048
184
029
049
112
194
185
193
113
195
186
114
196
187
115
197
188
191
192
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
Analysis of pesticides
Column:
Sample:
Inj. volume:
Carrier gas:
Temperature:
Detector:
1
2
5
10
OPTIMA®—P¿OP
25 m x 0.20 mm ID,
max. temperature 320/340 °C,
pesticide standard of the cantonal
laboratory Schaffhausen (Switzerland),
0.1 mg/ml or 0.01 mg/ml each
1.0 μl
He, 25 cm/s, 3 s without split
100 °C (3 min), 8 °C/min A 250 °C,
10 °C/min A 320 °C
MSD HP 5971
MN Appl. No. 200930
13
34 6 7
89
10
E & OE.
20
1112
Peaks:
1. Dichlorphos
2. Naled
3. Vinclozolin
4. Chlorthalonil
5. Chlorpyrifos
'LFKORÀXDQLG
7. Procymidon
8. Captan
9. Folpet
10. Carbophenothion
11. Iprodion
12. Captafol
13. Coumaphos
30 min
1261
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 1701 capillary columns for GC
1
14 % Cyanopropyl-phenyl - 86 % Dimethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G46
medium polar phase
special selectivity due to high cyanopropyl content
reference column for structure identification, e.g. in combination with Optima 5
film thickness ? 1 µm for solvent analyses
similar phases: OV-1701, DB-1701, CP?Sil 19 CB, HP-1701, Rtx-1701, SPB-1701, 007-1701, BP10, ZB-1701
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 320°C
for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 280 and 300°C, resp.
Type
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32.mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)
0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)
0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)
0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)
0.53 mm i.d. (0.8 mm o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.25
0.25
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
0.25
0.35
1.00
1.00
0.25
0.35
0.50
1.00
1.00
2.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
m
25
30
30
30
50
60
60
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
25
25
30
30
50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
7.088
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
035
036
039
272
037
038
040
103
222
107
268
104
223
108
269
105
224
109
270
106
225
327
271
172
178
173
179
180
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
2
Analysis of aromatic hydrocarbons
Column:
,QMYROXPH
&DUULHUJDV
Split:
Temperature:
Detector:
Peaks:
1. Benzene
2. Toluene
(WK\OEHQ]HQH
4. p-Xylene
5. o-Xylene
6. Phenol
1262
OPTIMA®—P¿OPP[PP,'PD[WHPSƒ&
—O
EDU12
1:40
60 °C Aƒ&ƒ&PLQ
FID 260 °C
6 7
1
4
9
3
5
7. 2-Methylphenol
8. 2,6-Dimethylphenol
9. 4-Methylphenol
10. 2,4-Dimethylphenol
11. 2,4,6-Trimethylphenol
8
01$SSO1R
E & OE.
0
5
10
10
11
15 min
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi 624 capillary columns for GC
1
6 % cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94 % dimethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G43
medium polar phase
recommended for environmental analyses
similar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOL
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 300°C
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.80
1.80
1.80
3.00
3.00
m
30
50
60
30
50
60
25
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
211
212
213
217
218
219
220
221
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
2 Optimafi 624 LB capillary columns for GC
2
6 % cyanopropyl-phenyl - 94 % dimethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G 43
medium polar phase
low bleed columns for halogenated hydrocarbons, volatiles, aromatic compounds, solvents etc.
similar phases: HP-624, HP-VOC, DB-624, DB-VRX, SPB-624, CP-624, Rtx-624, Rtx-Volatiles, 007-624, BP624, VOCOL
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 280°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 300°C
Type
0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
Cat. No.
µm
1.80
1.80
m
30
50
1
1
4.003 214
4.003 215
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
E & OE.
1263
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
Solvents and semi-volatiles
Column:
Carrier gas:
7HPSHUDWXUH
,QMHFWLRQ
Detection:
OPTIMA® 624 LB—P¿OPP[PP,'5HWHQWLRQ*DS3KH6LOP[PP
1.1 bar He
15 17
1
ƒ&PLQAƒ&ƒ&PLQA
14
ƒ&ƒ&PLQPLQƒ&
—OSSPSHUVXEVWDQFHLQDFHWRQH
8
cold on-column
16
13
FID 280 °C
Peaks:
1. Acetone
2. Ethyl acetate
3. Tetrahydrofuran
4. Cyclohexane
0HWK\OEXWDQRO
6. Butanol-1
7. Pyridine
8. Toluene
9. Dimethylformamide
10. Dimethylsulphoxide
11. Decane
12. Octanol-1
13. Acetophenone
14. Butyrophenone
+HSWDQRSKHQRQH
0HWKR[\LQGROH
17. Dibenzylamine
18. Methyl eicosanoate
19. Methyl cis-13-docosenoate
20. Methyl docosanoate
7
2
45
3 6
01$SSO1R 0
11 12
18
19
20
9 10
10
20
30
40 min
1 OPTIMAfi 225 capillary columns for GC
1
50 % cyanopropylmethyl - 50 % phenylmethylpolysiloxane
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G7/G19
middle polar phase
recommended for fatty acid analyses
similar phases: DB-225, HP-225, OV-225, Rtx-225, CP-Sil 43, 007-225, BP225
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 260°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 280°C
Type
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
m
10
30
50
60
30
50
60
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
Column:
Carrier gas:
Temperature:
Detector:
Peaks:
1. C4:0
2. C5:0
3. C6:0
4. C8:0
5. C10:0
6. C11:0
7. C12:0
8. C13:0
9. C13:1
10. C14:0
11. C14:1
12. C15:0
13. C15:1
14. C16:0
15. C16:1
16. C17:0
17. C17:1
Analysis of FAME in porcine fat
OPTIMA®—P¿OPP[PP,'PD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
60 kPa H2, injection volume 1 μl, split 1:40
50 °C (2 min) A 125 °C, 30 °C/min A 160 °C, 5 °C/min A 180 °C, 20 °C/min A 200 °C, 3 °C/min A 220 °C,
20 °C/min (10 min)
FID 260 °C
FAME in porcine fat
FAME standard
7 8 10 14 15
20
14 18 20
18. C18:0
19
18
19. C18:1
19
20. C18:2
21. C18:3
8
22. C19:0
23. C20:0
24. C20:1
25. C20:2
26. C20:4
27. C20:3
28. C20:5
24
16
29. C22:0
25
30. C22:1
15
12
31. C22:2
22
32. C22:6
21
10
33. C24:0
22
34. C24:1
3 4
courtesy of Dr. Bantleon,
Mr. Leusche, Mr.
Hagemann, VFG-Labor,
Versmold, Germany
MN Appl. No. 210060
1264
2
5
6
9 1113 17
1
28
30
23 26 3132
27 29 3334
24
2
5
0
10
20
min
E & OE.
0
7
1112
10
16
17
21
25
23 26
27
20
32
min
Cat. No.
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
050
066
067
068
117
118
119
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi WAX capillary columns for GC
1
polyethylene glycol 20000 daltons
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G16
polar phase
recommended for solvent analysis and alcohols
suitable for aqueous solutions
similar phases: Premabondfi CW 20 M , DB-Wax, Supelcowax, HP-Wax, HP-INNOWAX, Rtx-Wax, CP-Wax 52 CB,
Stabilwax, 007-CW, BP20, AT-Wax, ZB-Wax
max. temperature for isothermal operation 250°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 260°C,
for 0.53 mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.
Type
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
1.00
1.00
2.00
m
25
30
50
60
25
25
30
30
50
50
60
60
25
30
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
4.003
4.003
4.003
762
763
764
765
766
770
767
771
768
772
769
773
175
176
174
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
0RGL¿HG*UREWHVW
Column:
Inj. volume:
Carrier gas:
Split:
Temperature:
OPTIMA®:$;—P¿OPP[PP,'PD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
1 μl
1,2 bar He
1
1:20
3
2
80 °C Ο 250 °C,
4
ƒ&PLQ
FID 250 °C
Detector:
Peaks:
1. Decane
2. Undecane
3. Octanol
4. Methyl decanoate
5. Dicyclohexylamine
6. Methyl undecanoate
7. Methyl dodecanoate
8. 2,6-Dimethylaniline
9. 2,6-Dimethylphenol
MN Appl. No. 211170
0
5
10
E & OE.
15
6
5
7
89
20
min
1265
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
1 Optimafi FFAP capillary columns for GC
1
polyethylene glycol 2-nitroterephthalate
MACHEREY-NAGEL
close equivalent USP G25/G35
polar phase
recommended for FAME, free carboxylic acids
similar phases: Permabond FFAP , DB-FFAP, HP-FFAP, CP-Sil 58 CB, 007-FFAP, CP-FFAP CB, Nukol
for columns with 0.10 to 0.32mm ID the max. temperature for isothermal operation is 250°C, the max. temperature
for short isotherms in a temperature programme is 260°C
for 0.53mm ID columns the max. temperatures are 220 and 240°C, resp.
Type
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.32
0.53
0.53
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
i.d.
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.4
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.5
(0.8
(0.8
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Film
thickness
Length
PK
µm
0.10
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.25
1.00
0.50
m
10
25
30
50
60
25
25
30
30
50
50
60
25
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
o.d.)
Cat. No.
4.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
9.003
4.003
4.003
079
774
775
776
777
778
782
779
783
780
784
781
111
110
In addition to this standard programme we will be happy to supply columns custom-made to your specifications.
Each column is individually tested and supplied with test certificate and test chromatogram, but without fittings or ferrules. Column ends are melted or closed with septa, and thus protected from atmospheric
oxygen.
Additionally, we supply the corresponding test mixture with each column.
FAME test
Column:
Carrier gas:
Temperature:
OPTIMA®))$3—P¿OPP[PP,'PD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
1.2 bar He, split
55 °C Ο 250 °C,
6 °C/min
1,0 μl, 220 °C
2
FID 220 °C
3
Injection:
Detector:
Peaks:
1. C4
2. C6
3. C8
4. C10
5. C12
6. C14
7. C16
8. C18
9. C18:1 cis/trans
10. C18:2
11. C18:3
12. C20
13. C22
14. C22:1
15. C24
MN Appl. No. 211140
4
5
1
9
6
7
8
11
10 12
13
14
0
10
20
30
40
50
15
60 min
Optimafi 5 Amine GC capillary columns for amine separation
especially deactivated for the analysis of polyfunctional amines such as ethanolamines, amino-functionalised diols and similar
compounds, which are important base materials in industrial chemistry, and shows strong tailing on standard-deactivated
columns similar phases: Rtx-5 Amine, PTA-5
MACHEREY-NAGEL
USP G27/G36
improved linearity for analyses of active components at trace levels: no amine absorptions even for aliphatic and aromatic amines at concentrations of 100
pg/peak tested with the Optimafi Amine test mixture, which among others also contains diethanolamine and propanol-pyridine (this test mixture is supplied
with each column)
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 300°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 320°C
Type
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.32 mm i.d. (0.5 mm o.d.)
1266
Film
thickness
Length
PK
Cat. No.
µm
0.50
1.00
0.25
m
30
30
30
1
1
1
6.900 659
4.003 123
4.003 125
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns
Separation of secondary and tertiary amines
Column:
OPTIMA®$PLQH—P¿OPP[PP,'PD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
Injection volume: 1 μl
2
Carrier gas:
0,6 bar H2, Split 1:100
3
6
Temperature:
100 °C (3 min) A 280 °C, 10 °C/min
5 7
8
'HWHFWRU
),'ƒ&
1 4
Peaks:
'LHWK\ODPLQH
'LLVREXW\ODPLQH
'LLVRSURS\ODPLQH
8. Tri-n-butylamine
3. Triethylamine
'LLVRKH[\ODPLQH
'Ln-propylamine
'LF\FORKH[\ODPLQH
'Ln-butylamine
'LEHQ]\ODPLQH
6. Tri-n-propylamine
12. Tri-n-hexylamine
MN Appl. No. 210280
0
9
10
12
11
10
20 min
Capillary columns for special separations
MACHEREY-NAGEL
LIPODEX® cyclodextrin phase for enantiomer separation
base material: cyclic oligosaccharide consisting of eight glucose units bonded through α-1.4-linkages (y-cylodextrin)
regioselective alkylation and acylation of the hydroxyl groups leads to a lipophilic phase, which is well suited for GC enantiomer analyses
important advantage: many compounds can be analysed without derivatisation (however, for certain substances
enantioselectivity can be favourably influenced by formation of derivatives)
A large number of separations have been achieved, however, it is not possible to make gerneral predictions. Even for compounds with small structural differences or within a homologous series the enantiodifferentia-tion can be quite
different.
LIPODEX fi is patented under EP 0407 412 and US Re. 36.092
Lipodexfi E · octakis-(2.6-di-O-pentyl-3-O-butyryl)-γ-cyclodextrin
recommended for α-amino acids, α- and β-hydroxycarboxylic acid esters, alcohols (TFA), diols (TFA), ketones, pheromones
(cyclic acetals), amines, alkyl halides, lactones
MACHEREY-NAGEL
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 200°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in
a temperature programme: 220°C
Type
Diam.
FS-LIPODEXfi E
FS-LIPODEXfi E
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
Length
m
25
50
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
4.002 925
4.002 926
Enantiomer separation of amino acid methyl esters (TFA)
&ROXPQ
)6/,32'(;®(P[PP,'
PD[WHPSƒ&
—O
N3D+
a
Aƒ&ƒ&PLQ
),'ƒ&$7
9ROXPH
&DUULHUJDV
6SOLW
7HPSHUDWXUH
'HWHFWRU
Peaks:
'LVHOXWHGEHIRUH/H[FHSWIRUSUROLQH/EHIRUH'
$ODQLQH
9DOLQH
/HXFLQH
3UROLQH
$VSDUWLFDFLG
3KHQ\ODODQLQH
01$SSO1R
2
1
3
6
4
5
0
10
E & OE.
20 min
1267
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC columns-GC Reagents
HYDRODEX cyclodextrin phases for enantiomer separation
cyclodextrin derivatives with high melting point:
for GC-enantiomer separation diluted with polysiloxanes
MACHEREY-NAGEL
heptakis-(2.3-di-O-methyl-6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-β-cyclodextrin
phase diluted with optimised polysiloxane
recommended for γ-lactones, cyclopentanones, terpenes, esters, tartrates
MACHEREY-NAGEL
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 230°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 250°C
Type
Diam.
FS- HYDRODEX β− 6 TBDM
FS- HYDRODEX β− 6 TBDM
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
Length
m
25
50
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
4.002 931
4.002 932
heptakis-(2.3-di-O-acetyl-6-O-t-butyldimethyl-silyl)-β-cyclodextrin
MACHEREY-NAGEL
all columns 0.25 mm ID, 0.4 mm OD
phase diluted with optimised polysiloxane
recommended for alcohols, esters, ketones, aldehydes, δ-lactones
max. temperature for isothermal operation: 220°C, max. temperature for short isotherms in a temperature programme: 240°C
Type
Diam.
FS-HYDRODEX β-TBDAC
FS-HYDRODEX β-TBDAC
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
0.25 mm i.d. (0.4 mm o.d.)
Length
m
25
50
6HSDUDWLRQRILVRPHULFDQWLLQÀDPPDWRU\GUXJV
&RXUWHV\RI3URI:$.|QLJ+DPEXUJ*HUPDQ\
&ROXPQ
+<'52'(;`7%'0P[PP,'
max. temperature 250 °C
&DUULHUJDV
+H
7HPSHUDWXUH
ƒ&Aƒ&ƒ&PLQ
'HWHFWRU
),'
Peaks:
,EXSURIHQ
)OXUELSURIHQ
)HQRSURIHQ
4. Naproxen
5. Ketoprofen
2
10
Cat. No.
1
1
4.002 935
4.002 936
6HSDUDWLRQRI56FLWURQHOOROFLWURQHOODO
&ROXPQ
)6+<'52'(;`7%'$FP[PP
,'PD[WHPSHUDWXUHƒ&
EDU+2VSOLWPOPLQ
ƒ&
—OLQ&+2Cl2
),'ƒ&
&DUULHUJDV
7HPSHUDWXUH
,QMHFWLRQ
'HWHFWRU
Peaks:
56&LWURQHOODO65&LWURQHOODO
6&LWURQHOORO5&LWURQHOORO
O
3
1
SR
PK
1
OH
3
4
2
4
5
15
20
30
40
50 min
0
10
20
30
min
01$SSO1R
01$SSO1R
Reagents and methods for derivatisation
Derivatisation reagents
MACHEREY-NAGEL
for improved volatility, better thermal stability or low limit of detection in gas chromatography
prerequisite: quantitative, rapid and reproducible formation of only on derivative
halogen atoms introduced by derivatisation (e.g. trifluoroacetates) allow specific detection (ECD) with the advantage of high sensitivity elution order and fragmentation patterns in MS can be influenced by a specific derivatisation
reagents for silylation - alkylation (methylation) - acylation
are available
1268
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC Reagents
Selection guide for derivatisation of important functional groups in GC
Function
method
derivative
recommended reagents
silylation
acylation
alkylation
R’O – TMS
R’O – CO – R
R’O – R
MSTFA
HFBA, MBTFA
TMSH
R’O – TMS
R’ – NR’’ – TMS
R’ – NR’’ – CO – R
R’ – NR’’ – TMS
not stable
BSTFA, SILYL-991
MSTFA, SILYL-991
HFBA, MBTFA
MSTFA
Amides
silylation
silylation
acylation
silylation
silylation
Amino acids
acylation
silylation
R’ – CO – NH – CO – R
R’ – CH(NH – TMS) – CO – O – TMS
MBTFA, HFBA
BSTFA, MSTFA
R’ – CH(NH – CO – R) – CO – O – R
Carboxylic acids
alkylation (a)
+ acylation (b)
silylation
a) TMSH
b) HFBA, MBTFA
MSTFA
Alcohols,
phenols
R’OH
sterically hindered
Amines
primary, secondary
hydrochlorides
R’ – CO – O – TMS
susceptible to hydrolysis
(fatty acids)
Carbohydrates
alkylation
silylation
Steroids
acylation
acylation
R’ – CO – O – R
TMSH
MSTFA
MBTFA
MBTFA, HFBA
Derivatisation method development kit
Which type of derivatisation is best suited for your sample
(alkylation, acylation or silylation)?
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Contents of the kit
2 x 1 ml each of TMSH, MSTFA, MBTFA
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.001 514
Acylation kit
Which is the proper reagent for acylation?
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Contents of the kit
2 x 1 ml each for MBTFA , TFAA, MBHFBA
PK
Cat. No.
1
6.207 118
Alkylation kit
Which is the proper reagent for methylation?
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Contents of the kit
3 x 1 ml each for TMSH, DMF-DMA
PK
Cat. No.
1
4.001 513
Silylation kit
Which is the proper reagent for silylation?
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Contents of the kit
2 x 1 ml each for MSTFA, BSTFA, TSIM, MSHFBA
PK
Cat. No.
1
6.704 458
Acylation reagents for GC - Anhydrides
MACHEREY-NAGEL
by-products of acylation with anhydrides: corresponding acids
excess reagent and the acid formed have to be removed
Acylation with fluorinated acid anhydrides can be used for alcohols, phenols, carboxylic acids, amines, amino acids
and steroids forming volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for ECD detection.
Heptafluorobutyric acid anhydride (HFBA)
m.w. 410.06, Bp 106 - 107°C (760 mm Hg),
C3F7 - CO - O - CO - C3F7
density d20°/4° = 1.665
Code
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
HFBA
HFBA
HFBA
20 x 1 ml
1 x 10 ml
5 x 10 ml
20
1
5
4.001 480
4.001 479
4.001 481
E & OE.
1269
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC Reagents
Methods for acylation
$F\ODWLRQZLWKÀXRULQDWHGDFLGDQK\GULGHV
$F\ODWLRQZLWKÀXRULQDWHGDFLGDPLGHV
Acylation with HFBA can be used for alcohols, phenols,
carboxylic acids, amines, amino acids and steroids forming volatile, stable derivatives suited for FID as well as for
ECD detection.
This method is recommended for alcohols, primary and
secondary amines as well as thiols under mild, neutral
conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with
carbohydrates [J. Sullivan and L. Schewe, J. Chromatogr. Sci.
15 (1977) 196 – 197].
Procedure:
Dissolve 0.1 to 1 mg of the sample in 0.1 ml solvent,
add 0.1 ml HFBA and heat to 60 – 70 °C for 1 – 2
hours. If the sample need not be concentrated prior
to the analysis and if there is no danger of catalytically induced side reactions, pyridine is used as solvent.
The reaction solution can be injected directly into the
gas chromatograph. Otherwise use a volatile solvent
and evaporate solvent, excess derivatisation reagent
and free acid in a stream of nitrogen. Dissolve the
residue in 50 μl hexane, chloroform etc. and inject
aliquot portions.
Procedure:
Add 0.5 ml MBTFA to about 2 mg sample. If there is
no reaction at ambient temperature, heat the reaction
PL[WXUH WR ƒ& &RPSRXQGV ZKLFK DUH GLI¿FXOW WR
GLVVROYH FDQ EH WULÀXRUDFHW\ODWHG LQ VXLWDEOH VROYHQW
mixtures. It is recommended to use a ratio of solvent
to MBTFA of 4 : 1. The reaction mixture can be chromatographed directly.
MN Appl. No. 213042
MN Appl. No. 213051
Acylation reagents for GC - Bisacylamides
by-products: corresponding neutral acylamides, which can be easily removed due to
MACHEREY-NAGEL
their high volatility; because of neutral conditions and favourable chromatographic
properties often removal of the bisacylamide is not necessary. Thus sample preparation is much more convenient.
Acylation with fluorinated acid amides is recommended for alcohols, primary and secondary amines as well as for
thiols under mild, neutral conditions. MBTFA also forms very volatile derivatives with carbohydrates.
MBTFA /MBHFBA
N-methyl-bis(trifluoroacetamide) MBTFA
m.w. 223.08, Bp 123 - 124°C (760 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.55
CF3 - CO - N(CH3) - CO - CF3
Code
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
MBTFA
MBTFA
MBTFA
20 x 1 ml
1 x 10 ml
5 x 10 ml
20
1
5
7.401 143
7.510 796
6.228 605
Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.
Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and
should be used soon.
Alkylation reagents for GC - Trimethylsulphonium hydroxide
TMSH (0.2 M in methanol) M.G. 94.06
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Code
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
TMSH
TMSH
TMSH
10 x 1 ml
20 x 1 ml
5 x 10 ml
10
20
5
7.086 147
7.083 308
4.001 512
Silylation reagents
Usually the term silylation in GC stands for replacement of active hydrogen atoms by a
MACHEREY-NAGEL
trimethylsilyl group (TMS derivative). Sometimes, however, trialkylsilyl groups or
dimethylalkylsilyl groups with longer alkyl chains are used for derivatisation. The trialkylsilyl group increases volatility
and enhances thermal stability of the sample. Silylation can be catalysed either acidic by addition of TMCS or basic by
addition of pyridine (e. g. for sterically hindered functionalities like tert. alcohols)
1270
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC Reagents
Silylation reagents - BSTFA, SILYL-991
N,O-bis-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamide
MACHEREY-NAGEL
m.w. 257.4, Bp 40°C (12 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 0.961
BSTFA:
R = CF3
powerful trimethylsilyl donor with approximately the same donor strength as the non-fluorinated analogue BSA
advantage of BSTFA over BSA: greater volatility of its reaction products (particularly useful for GC of some lower boiling TMS amino acids.
BSTFA is nonpolar (less polar than MSTFA), and can be mixed with acetonitrile for improved solubility. For silylating
fatty acid amides, hindered hydroxyls and other compounds, which are difficult to silylate (like secondary alcohols and
amines), we recommend BSTFA + 1 % trimethylchlorosilane (TMCS), available under the designation SILYL-991.
Description
BSTFA
BSTFA
BSTFA
SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)
SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)
SILYL-991 (BSTFA - TMCS (99:1)
Capacity
ml
1
10
10
1
50
100
PK
20
1
5
1
1
1
Cat. No.
4.001
6.803
4.001
4.001
4.001
4.001
486
320
487
511
510
509
Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.
Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and
should be used soon.
6LO\ODWLRQZLWK%67)$RU6,/</%67)$70&6
Procedure:
Add 0.5 ml silylation reagent to 1 – 10 mg sample; if necessary, add some solvent (normally pyridine or DMF
[dimethylformamide] are used). Heat to 60 – 80 °C for 20 min to increase the reaction rate.
BSTFA MN Appl. No. 213092 · SILYL-991 MN Appl. No. 213093
1 Silylation reagents - MSTFA
1
N-methyl-N-trimethylsilyl-trifluoroacetamide
MACHEREY-NAGEL
m.w. 199.1, Bp 70°C (75 mm Hg), density d20°/4° = 1.11
MSTFA:
R' = CF3, R" = CH3
the most volatile trimethylsilyl amide available
very strong TMS donor which does not cause any noticeable FID fouling even after long-time measuring series
The already good solution characteristics can be improved by addition of submolar quantities of protic solvents (e.g.
TFA for extremely polar compounds such as hydrochlorides) or pyridine (e.g. for carbohydrates).
recommended application: carboxylic acids, hydroxy and ketocarboxylic acids, amino acids, amines, alcohols, polyalcohols, sugars, mercaptans and similar compounds with active hydrogen atoms. Even amine hydrochlorides can be
silylated directly.
advantages: complete reaction with high reaction rates, even without a catalyst (1 to 2% TMCS or TSIM)
the by-product of the reaction (N-methyltrifluoroacetamide) features high volatility and short retention time.
Description
PK
MSTFA
MSTFA
MSTFA
MSTFA
MSTFA
MSTFA
MSTFA
20
1
5
1
6
1
1
Cat. No.
7.055
6.704
6.085
6.227
6.227
4.001
4.001
892
091
475
683
450
493
492
Due to their purpose, derivatisation reagents are very reactive substances. For this reason they should be stored cool and protected from moisture.
Our derivatisation reagents are supplied in vials with crimp caps for easy access with a syringe. Vials with pierced sealing disks have limited stability and
should be used soon.
Silylation with MSTFA
Procedure:
Dissolve 10 – 15 mg sample in 0.8 ml solvent, then add 0.2 ml MSTFA. The reaction mixture can be heated to
60 – 70 °C for up to 1 h and can be analysed directly. If TFA is used as a solvent, proceed as follows [M. Donike,
J. Chromatogr. 85 (1973) 1 – 7]: Dissolve 1 – 2 mg sample in 100 μl TFA. Dropwise add 0.9 ml MSTFA.
After cooling the sample can be chromatographed directly.
MN Appl. No. 213111
E & OE.
1271
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Chromatography columns/GC Reagents-Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1 Chromatography columns, ground glass joint
1
With PTFE stopcock. 14/23 ground socket neck. With fused-in frit support. Porosity 0.
2.5 mm bore stopcock key.
Length
mm
200
300
200
Int.
dia.
mm
10
10
15
Lenz
Capacity
PK
Cat. No.
ml
15
23
35
1
1
1
9.025 912
9.025 913
9.025 914
2 Chromatography columns, ground glass joint
2
With PTFE stopcock.
With NS ground socket neck as indicated
Indents are moulded in above the stopcock for holding cotton wool plug supports.
Length
mm
200
400
600
Int.
dia.
mm
10
20
30
Capacity
ml
15
125
430
Lenz
Description
with NS 14 / 23 socket
with NS 29 / 32 socket
with NS 29 / 32 socket
1 Ion exchange media
DE52 pre-swollen microgranular
DEAE-cellulose, 500g
DE52 pre-swollen microgranular
DEAE-cellulose, 2kg
CM52 pre-swollen microgranular
CM-cellulose, 500g
CF11 fibrous cellulose powder
for column work, 500g
P11 dry bi-functional cation
exchange cellulose, 100g
P11 dry bi-functional cation
exchange cellulose, 500g
2
2 Ion exchange papers
A thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger with
diethylaminoethyl functional groups. The ion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm2 and flow
rate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays and DNA polymerase.
1272
1
1
1
9.025 932
9.025 934
9.025 936
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.950 365
1
9.950 366
1
9.950 367
1
9.950 368
1
9.950 369
1
9.950 370
1
Description
DE81
Cat. No.
Whatman
Anion and cation exchangers for chromatography column separations.
Grade
PK
Dia.
mm
23
E & OE.
Whatman
PK
Cat. No.
400
9.950 335
MACHEREY-NAGEL
. . . we Meet your Needs
Professional Solutions for HPLC
➢ C18 and C8 Gravity
unique base-deactivation for pH extremes
➢ C18
Pyramid
polar endcapped phase
➢ Sphinx
RP
distinct selectivity for aromatic compounds
➢ C18
Isis
exceptional steric selectivity
Products for Solid Phase Extraction
➢ modern polymer resins – HR-X, EASY, PS/DVB copolymers
➢ standard phases – C18ec, SiOH, NH2, . . .
➢ cation / anion exchangers – HR-XC, HR-XA, SA, SB
➢ polar phases – Alox, Diol, Florisil®, . . .
➢ phases for special applications – QuEChERS, PCB, PAH, THC, . . .
Europe's leading SPE manufacturer
www.mn-net.com
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Germany · USA · Switzerland · France
e-mail: [email protected]
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
Florisilfi adsorbent for column chromatography
hard granular magnesia silica gel: MgO 15.5±0.5% - SiO2 84.0±0.5% - Na2SO4 <=
1.0%; 60/100 mesh typical applications: sample preparation (SPE); clean-up of pesticide residues, separation of chlorinated pesticides, extraction of steroids, sex hormones, antibiotics, lipids etc.
Description
Florisil standard 60 / 100 mesh
Florisil standard 60 / 100 mesh
particle size
mesh/mm
0.15 / 0.25 mm
0.15 / 0.25 mm
Weight
kg
1
5
MACHEREY-NAGEL
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
6.232 873
4.005 002
01UHDG\WRXVHOD\HUVIRU7/&
$GYDQWDJHV
FRQWLQXRXVKLJKTXDOLW\
guaranteed by stringent production control including
VWDQGDUGLVHG ORW WHVWV VXUIDFH FKHFNV IRU URXJKQHVV
RUFUDFNVDVZHOODVKDUGQHVVDQGDGKHUHQFHFKHFNV
FRPSUHKHQVLYHUDQJHRISKDVHVIRU7/&+37/&
WKHUHLVQRXQLYHUVDO7/&SODWHZKLFKPHHWVDOOSRV
VLEOH W\SHV RI DQDO\VHV 2XU YHUVDWLOH UDQJH RI 7/&
UHDG\WRXVH OD\HUV FRYHUV PDQ\ GLIIHUHQW W\SHV RI
DSSOLFDWLRQV
LPPHGLDWHO\UHDG\IRUFKURPDWRJUDSKLFVHSDUD
tion
coatings or impregnations are not necessary
KRPRJHQHRXVVPRRWKZHOODGKHULQJOD\HUV
DQLPSRUWDQWFULWHULXPHVSHFLDOO\IRUUHSURGXFLEOH
TXDQWLWDWLYHHYDOXDWLRQ
1274
(OHFWURQPLFURVFRSLFSKRWRJUDSKRIDFURVVVHFWLRQ
WKURXJKDJODVVSODWHZLWKVLOLFDOD\HUPDJQL¿FDWLRQ[
E & OE.
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
Standard silica layers for TLC
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Support materials for TLC ready-to-use layers
Glass plates: glass, ~ 1.3 mm thick, high requirments for weight, packaging and storage, ideal torsional strength,
high temerature stability, susceptible to breakage, can not be cut with scissors, high resistance against solvents,
mineral acids and conc. ammonia, suitability for aqueous detection reagents depends on the phase
POLYGRAM®: polyester, ~ 0.2 mm thick, low requirments for weight, packaging and storage, low torsional strength,
max. 185°C temerature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistance against
solvents, mineral acids and conc. ammonia, very suitable for aqueous detection reagents
ALUGRAM®: aLuminium, ~ 0.15 mm thick, low requirments for weight, packaging and storage, relatively high
torsional strength, high temerature stability, not susceptible to breakage, can be cut with scissors, high resistance
against solvents, low resistance against mineral acids and conc. ammonia, limited suitable for aqueous detection
reagents
Adamant unmodified standard silica layers for TLC
silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å,
MACHEREY-NAGEL
specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,
particle size 5 to 17µm
outstanding hardness and abrasion resistance due to an optimized binder system
increased separation efficiency due to an optimized particle size distirbution
high suitability for trace analyses resulting from a UV indicator with brilliance and a low-noise background of the layer
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)
Type
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
ADAMAT
Plate size
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
100
50
50
200
200
100
25
25
50
25
25
cm
2.5 x 7.5
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 20
10 x 10
10 x 10
10 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
4.005
060
067
061
068
062
063
069
064
065
070
066
Separation of steroids
Layers: ADAMANT UV254, SIL G/UV254; eluent: trichloromethane – methanol (97:3)
Developing time: 10 minutes; 0.1 % solution in CHCl3
Rf
Cortisone
Corticosterone
Testosterone
Desoxycorticosterone
Progesterone
Migration distance
ADAMANT
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.55
0.73
5.0 cm
SIL G
0.27
0.30
0.39
0.46
0.62
5.7 cm
MN Appl. No. 402930
E & OE.
ADAMANT UV 254
SIL G/UV254
1275
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1
2
3
1 2 3 SIL G unmodified standard silica layers for TLC
glass plates, Polygramfi , Alugramfi
MACHEREY-NAGEL
silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60 Å, specific pore volume 0.75 ml/g,
particle size 5 to 17µm; standard grade thickness of layer for analytical plates 0.25mm, for preparative plates 0.5 and 1mm; for 2mm preparative layers a
slightly coarser material is used indicators: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm);
special inorganic fluorescent pigment with blue fluorescence for long-wave UV (366nm)
binders: highly polymeric products, which are stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive visualisation reagents; binder system for
Polygramfi sheets is also completely stable in purely aqueous eluents
available as glass plates, Polygram polyester sheets and Alugram aluminium sheets
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)
Type
Plate size
Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-25
Glass plates SIL G-25 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-100
Glass plates SIL G-100 UV254
Glass plates SIL G-200
Glass plates SIL G-200 UV254
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G
POLYGRAMfi polyester sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets SIL G UV254
cm
2.5 x 7.5
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 20
5 x 20
10 x 10
10 x 20
10 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
2.5 x 7.5
2.5 x 7.5
4x8
4x8
5 x 20
5 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
40 x 20
40 x 20
2.5 x 7.5
4x8
5 x 7.5
5 x 7.5
5 x 10
5 x 10
5 x 20
5 x 20
10 x 20
10 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
1276
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
100
50
50
200
200
100
100
25
50
50
25
25
15
15
12
12
200
200
50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
200
50
20
20
50
50
50
50
20
20
25
25
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
6.230
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
6.232
9.003
6.227
6.230
9.003
9.003
4.004
7.300
6.224
4.004
4.004
4.004
4.004
9.003
6.803
9.003
6.202
9.003
4.004
4.004
4.005
9.003
4.005
6.227
6.802
9.003
7.084
9.003
4.005
6.233
7.059
9.003
850
729
848
847
849
846
660
474
917
274
491
492
853
555
417
854
827
826
825
493
651
476
190
494
822
824
043
496
042
948
883
477
918
478
052
568
745
497
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
Silgur unmodified standard silica layers with concentrating zone
MACHEREY-NAGEL
glass plates
silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Ä, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, particle size 5.17µm
kieselguhr zone for rapid sample application: because kieselguhr is completely inert towards a large number of compounds, the samples always from a
narrow band at the interface of the two adsorbents, irrespective of shape, size or position of the spots in the concentrating zone. Separation then takes place
in the silica layer.
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)
Type
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Plate size
plates
plates
plates
plates
cm
10 x
10 x
20 x
20 x
SILGUR-25
SILGUR-25 UV254
SILGUR-25
SILGUR-25 UV254
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
50
50
25
25
20
20
20
20
Cat. No.
4.004
4.004
6.093
7.400
856
857
869
306
Nano-Adamant unmodified nano silica layers for HPTLC
glass plates
MACHEREY-NAGEL
nano silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,
particle size 2 to 10 µm
outstanding hardness and abrasion resistance due to an optimized binder system increased separation efficiency due to an optimized particle size distribution
high suitability for trace analyses resulting from a UV indicator with increased brilliance and a low-noise background of the layer narrow fractionation of the
silica particles allows theoretical plate heights, which are one order of magnitude smaller than on standard silica layers with the advantage of sharper
separations, shorter developing times, shorter migration distances, lower amount of samples, and increased detection sensitivity with equal selectivity
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (Υς 254)
Type
Plate size
Nano-ADAMANT
Nano-ADAMANT UV254
Nano-ADAMANT
Nano-ADAMANT UV254
Nano-ADAMANT
Nano-ADAMANT UV254
cm
5x5
5x5
10 x 10
10 x 10
10 x 20
10 x 20
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
100
100
25
25
50
50
Cat. No.
4.005
4.005
4.005
6.226
4.005
4.005
073
071
074
346
075
072
&RPSDULVRQRI$'$0$17DQG1DQR$'$0$17SODWHVIRUVHSDUDWLRQRIDQWKUDTXLQRQHG\HV
A
1
/D\HUV $$'$0$17
%1DQR$'$0$17
6DPSOH—ODERXW
(OXHQWWROXHQH±F\FORKH[DQH
2
YY
5
0LJUDWLRQWLPH
3 4
7
$PLQ%PLQ
6
Peaks:
1. Blue 3
10
20
30
40
50 mm
2. Violet 2
3. Red
4. Green
5. Blue 1
1
B
6. Greenish blue
7. Violet 1
2
3
10
4
5
7
6
20
30
40 mm
E & OE.
1277
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1 Nano-SIL unmodified Nano-silica layers for HPTLC
1
Alugramfi
MACHEREY-NAGEL
nano silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g,
particle size 2 to 10µm
indicator: manganese activated zinc silicate with green fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm)
binder: highly polymeric product, which is stable in almost all organic solvents and resistant towards aggressive
visualisation reagents narrow fractionation of the silica particles allows sharper separations, shorter developing times,
shorter migration distances, smaller samples and an increased detection sensitivity compared to SIL G plates
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (Υς254)
Type
ALUGRAM
ALUGRAM
ALUGRAM
ALUGRAM
Plate size
NANO-SIL
NANO-SIL
NANO-SIL
NANO-SIL
G
G
G
G
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
50
50
25
25
cm
5 x 20
5 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
UV254
UV254
2 3 RP-18 W/UV254 octadecyl-modified nano silica layers for HPTLC
glass plates, ALUGRAMfi
Cat. No.
4.005
6.227
6.227
4.005
044
900
899
045
2
MACHEREY-NAGEL
base material:
silica 60, specific surface (BET) ~ 500m²/g, mean pore size 60Å, specific pore volume 0.75ml/g, mean particle size 9
µm, pH stability 2 to 10
indicator:
acid-resistant product with a pale blue fluorescence for short-wave UV (254nm); UV-absorbing substances apppear as
dark-blue to black spots on a light-blue background
partial octadecyl modification, wettable with water, carbon content 14%
order of polarity:
silica
> DIOL > NH2 > CN > RP-2 > C 18-50> RP-18 W > C 18-100
normal phase or reversed phase separation modes with eluents from anhydrous solvents to mixtures with high concentrations of water (see figure); the relative polarity of the eluent determines the polarity of the layer
3
recommended application: aminophenols, barbiturates, preservatives, nucleobases, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, steroids, tetracyclines, plasticizers (phthalates)
available as glass plates with or without fluorescent indicator (UV254)
Type
Plate size
Glass plates RP-18 W UV254
Glass plates RP-18 W UV254
Glass plates RP-18 W UV254
Glass plates RP-18 W UV254
Glass plates RP-18 W UV254
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets
ALUGRAMfi aluminium sheets
cm
5 x 20
10 x 10
10 x 20
20 x 20
20 x 20
4x8
5 x 10
5 x 20
10 x 10
20 x 20
1278
RP-18
RP-18
RP-18
RP-18
RP-18
W
W
W
W
W
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
UV254
Thickness of layer
PK
mm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
1.00
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
50
25
50
25
15
50
50
50
25
25
E & OE.
Cat. No.
4.004
6.206
4.004
4.004
4.004
7.400
6.901
4.005
4.005
6.704
880
173
879
878
881
375
143
046
047
046
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1
1 TLC plates, aluminium coated
Standard, rigid TLC plates in a choice of media, backing materials, and with dimensions
as indicated.
Material
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Gel Dimensions
thickness
polyester with aluminium oxide*
aluminium with aluminium oxide*
mm mm
0.2 200 x 200
0.2 200 x 200
PK
Cat. No.
25
25
9.003 495
9.003 498
*with 254 nm UV indicator
TLC micro-set A beginner's set for science education
Features separations with simple developing sovents; samples are coloured thus
eliminating the need for visualisation. All equipment needed is contained in the kit.
Description
TLC micro-set A for beginners
MACHEREY-NAGEL
PK
Cat. No.
1
6.057 472
TLC micro-set A for beginners
This kit contains all chemicals and accessories for the following separations:
ϑ separation of the fat-soluble (lipophilic) test mixture
1: butter yellow, indophenol, sudan blue II, sudan
red G
ϑ separation of a mixture of anthraquinone dyes (test
dye mixture 2): blue 1, blue 3, green, greenish blue,
red, violet 1, violet 3
ϑ separation of a mixture of food dyes (test dye
mixture 3): brilliant black BN (E151), fast red E,
erythrosine (E127), yellow orange S (sunset yellow
CFC, E110), naphthol red S, ponceau 4 R (E124),
tartrazine (E102)
ϑ separation of dyes from felt tip pens
E & OE.
Contents of TLC micro-set A for beginners
1 manual
3 developing chambers
50 glass capillaries 1 μl
1 spotting guide
1 measuring cylinder10 ml
50
polyester sheets each 4 x 8 cm POLYGRAM®
SIL G/UV254, ALOX N/UV254 and CEL 300
8 ml
each of test dye mixture 1 (4 lipophilic dyes),
test dyes sudan red G and sudan blue II
8 ml
each of test dye mixture 2 (7 anthraquinone
dyes), test dyes blue 1 and violet 2
8 ml
each of test dye mixture 3 (7 food dyes), test
dyes yellow orange S and brilliant black BN
100 ml each of toluene, toluene/cyclohexane (2:1,
v/v)
chloroform/acetone (1:1, v/v)
2.5 % sodium citrate solution
25 % ammonia/2-propanol (5:3, v/v)
2 felt tip pens
1279
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1 TLC plates
1
Linear- K: give rapid, precise recognition. The pre-adsorbent layer is thicker than the
Whatman
silica layer and functions like a sponge that pre-concentrates the sample before it reacts
with the silica layer. This allows the user to apply sample volumes that would not be possible with standard
TLC-plates.
The symbol for silica gel is K (from the German Kieselgel). followed by a classification designation:
- K5 10-12 µm silica, with pore size 150 Å
- K6 10-12 µm silica, with pore size 60 Å
- High-performance silica is prefixed with the letters HP: HP-K 4.5 µm silica, pore size 60 Å
- Reversed-phase plates with a bonded alkyl group are represented by a K, followed by the length of the alkyl chain
KC-18 10-12 µm Silica 60 Å, octadecyl bonded phase
Further identification information for a particular plate can be found from the following letter codes:
- L pre-adsorbent layer for the easier application of larger volumes. Compresses each sample into a narrow horizontal
band, so also known as Linear-K, prefix L.
- D channelled plates with separate lanes. 2 mm clear glass channels separate the individual sample lanes to prevent
the samples becoming mixed, so D for Division.
- F fluorescent indicator: fluorescent plates glow bright green under UV light. Samples that absorb UV at 254 nm are
recognized by fluorescence quenching.
- M microscope slide, plate size 25/75 mm.
- P preparative layer. Has a thickness of 500 or 1000 µm for large samples.
These letter codes enable easy, rapid identifcation of all TLC plates, for example PLK6DF = preparative K6 silica 60 Å
pore diameter, separate lanes, fluorescent indicator and preadsorbent layer.
2 TLC Plates
2
Silica gel plates. 250 µm layer. The plates are 20 x 20cm and can be cut with scissors.
Whatman
The flexible plates Silica-Gel 60 A, available on aluminium or polyester support material,
have a similar separation performance to K6 glass plate and are often used for moderate to strong polar analytes.
Ion exchanger plates (DEAE-diethylaminoethyl tertiary amine) are used for anionic species and are available on a
polyester support material.
Type
PE
PE
AL
AL
Sil
Sil
Sil
Sil
G
G/UV 254*
G
G/UV 254*
Description
PK
Polyester backed
Polyester backed
Aluminium backed
Aluminium backed
25
25
25
25
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
336
337
338
339
* With fluorescent indicator
3 Glass TLC Plates
3
Reverse phase plates, 200 µm layer.
Type
Size
MKC18F
KC18
KC18F
KC18F
LKC18
LKC18F
LKC18F
2,5 x 7,6 cm
20 x 20 cm
5 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
5 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
Whatman
PK
100
25
75
25
25
75
25
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
4
4 Adsorption TLC plates Partisilfi K6
60 angstrom. 250 µm layer,
PK6F with 1000 µm layer.
Type
Size
MK6F
K6
K6
K6
K6F
K6F
K6F
K6F
PK6F
LK6D
LK6D
LK6DF
LK6DF
2,5 x 7,6 cm
5 x 20 cm
10 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
5 x 10 cm
5 x 20 cm
10 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
5 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
5 x 20 cm
20 x 20 cm
1280
Whatman
PK
500
75
50
25
150
75
50
25
20
75
25
75
25
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates
1 TLC plates
1
Silica gel 60 F254
Material
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Glass
Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Plastic
Merck
Gel
thickness
Width
Length
PK
mm
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
mm
20.0
10.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
2.5
2.5
20.0
5.0
5.0
20.0
mm
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
10.0
10.0
7.5
7.5
20.0
10.0
7.5
20.0
25
50
100
25
200
25
100
500
25
50
20
25
Cat. No.
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
9.130
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
063
TLC plates
Silica gel 60 F254
Material
Glass backed
Glass backed
2
Merck
Gel Dimensions
thickness
mm mm
0.5 20 x 20
2 20 x 20
PK
Cat. No.
20
12
9.130 061
9.130 062
2 Chromatography paper/Ion exchange papers
Whatman chromatography papers are the most widely used papers for chromatography
Whatman
worldwide. This acceptance and usage reflects the purity, high quality and consistency of
Whatman papers. These qualities are relied upon by chromatographers and essential to successful reproducible chromatography. Whatman chromatography paper media are made from specially selected cotton cellulose. They are rigorously quality controlled for characteristics important to the chromatographer and to ensure uniformity within the
grade.
1 Chr world standard chromatography paper. A smooth surface, 0.18 mm thick with a linear flow rate (water) of 130
mm/30 min. Good resolution for general analytical separations.
3MM Chr widely used as a blotting paper, 3MM Chr is used in both electrophoresis and for general chemistry. A medium thickness paper (0.34 mm) used extensively for general chromatography and electrophoresis. Flow rate is 130
mm/30 min.
3 Chr medium thickness paper (0.36 mm) with a flow rate of 130 mm/30 min. For general applications with medium/heavy solute loadings. Frequently used for separation of inorganic compounds and for electrophoresis.
17 Chr thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent paper with a very high flow rate of 190 mm/30 min. Suitable for the
heaviest loadings and ideal for preparative paper chromatography and electrophoresis.
Ion exchange papers
DE81
A thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper-a weakly basic anion exchanger with diethylaminoethyl functional groups. The
ion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm² and flow rate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase assays and
DNA polymerase.
SG81
A unique paper (0.27 mm thick) combining cellulose and large pore silica gel. Suitable for separations in which both
partition and adsorption are important, including the separation of phospholipids, steroids, phenols and dyes. Flow
rate is 110 mm/30 min.
P81
A thin (0.23 mm) cellulose phosphate paper. Strong cation exchanger of high capacity. Ion exchange capacity is 18.0
µeq/cm² and the flow rate is 125 mm/30 min. For use with protein kinase assay with peptide substrates.
Grade
Size
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
3MMChr
3MMChr
3Chr
3MMChr
3MMChr
4Chr
17Chr
DE81
SG81
P81
100
200
250
460
200
315
460
460
580
460
460
460
460
460
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PK
300
200
250
570
200
355
570
570
680
570
570
570
570
570
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
25
25
25
25
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
371
315
316
317
318
319
320
1281
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Plates-Chambers
1
1 Chromatography paper, reels
Chromatography Paper 1 CHR
The standard chromatography paper. Good resolution for general analytical separations.
Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.18 mm. Capillary rise (water) 130 mm/30 min.
Whatman
Chromatography Paper 3MM CHR
Used in electophoresis, in general chemistry and as blotting paper. Pure cellulose. Thickness 0.34 mm.
Capillary rise (water) 130 mm/30 min.
Grade
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
1Chr
3MMChr
3MMChr
3MMChr
3MMChr
3MMChr
3MMChr
Width
mm
10
20
30
40
50
100
150
20
100
150
190
230
270
Length
mm
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
322
323
324
325
326
328
329
327
330
331
332
333
334
Chromatography strips
Divided into 12 bands, each of 15 mm wide, for parallel separation of 12 samples.
Grade
1Chr CRL
2
Width
mm
110
Whatman
Length
mm
213
PK
Cat. No.
100
9.950 321
PK
Cat. No.
2 Standard separating chamber
With absolutely flat, chamber floor, ground flange rim and lid for all TLC plates up to 200 x 200 mm.
Other separating chambers available on request.
Type
Separating chamber with knob lid
Separating chamber with ground cover plate
Knob lid for 9.020 160
Glass cover disc for 9.020 173
3
9.020
9.020
9.020
9.020
160
173
163
177
3 Simultaneous developing chamber
For TLC plates up to 20 x 20 cm. Choice of plates as indicated.
1282
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
MACHEREY-NAGEL
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Chambers-Syringes
1 Simultaneous batch separating chamber
1
With absolutely flat, chamber floor, ground flange rim and lid and storage trough for five 200 x 200 mm TLC plates.
Type
Simultaneous batch separating
chamber with knob lid
Simultaneous batch separating
chamber with ground cover plate
2 Nano separating chambers
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.020 167
1
9.020 174
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.020 112
1
9.020 210
1
9.020 212
2
The use of quantitative TLC on nano or HPTLC gel layer plates
is increasing. Nano separating chambers have been developed for the more popular 100 x 100 mm and 200 x 100
mm plate formats and have all the advantages of standard separating chambers.
Type
Nano separating chamber 200 x 100 mm,
with stainless steel lid
Nano separating chamber 100 x 100 mm,
with knob lid
Nano separating chamber 100 x 100 mm,
with stainless steel lid
Nano stainless steel lid, 200 x 100 mm
Nano knob lid, 100 x 100 mm
Nano stainless steel lid, 100 x 100 mm
Nano filter paper for vapour conditioning the chamber,
210 x 110 mm, 25 sheets
1
1
1
25
3 H separating chamber
9.020
9.020
9.020
9.020
117
211
213
214
3
The H separating chambers make optimum use of HPTLC gel layer advantages. Small
Sarstedt (Desaga)
particle size 5 µm, stringently controlled pore size and distribution, and more theoretical
bases. Excellent value for money and can be supplied for time and cost saving in 50 x 50 mm plate format or traditional 100 x 100 mm format. Optimum separations are achieved even on the shortest runs.
Type
H separation chamber
H separation chamber
Frit rods
Cover plate
Cover plate
Width
mm
50
100
0
50
100
Length
mm
50
100
50
50
100
PK
1
1
5
1
1
Cat. No.
9.023
9.023
9.023
9.023
9.023
150
160
955
956
957
4 5 Syringes, disposable plastic
4
2-piece construction: PP barrel, with PE piston. Sterile.
Disposable. With Luer nozzle.
Capacity
ml
1 : 1/100 (Tuberculin)
2 (3)
5 (6)
10 (12)
20 (24)
30
50 (60)
PK
100
100
100
100
100
50
30
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
5
000
002
005
010
020
025
050
1283
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Syringes
1
1 Disposable syringes
Polypropylene with two-piece plunger and Luer nozzle. Without needle. Supplied sterile, individually pouch-sealed in
outer boxes as indicated.
Capacity
ml
1
2
5
10
20
50
2
PK
100
100
100
100
120
60
4
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
296
297
298
299
300
301
2 3 Sampling syringes, Fortunafi
Borosilicate glass. Transparent calibrated barrel.
With chemically-resistant, diffused amber stain graduations.
3
Cat. No.
Capacity
Grad.
Type
ml
25
50
100
50
100
ml
1
1
1
1
1
Without stopcock
Without stopcock
Without stopcock
With capillary stopcock
With capillary stopcock
Poulten & Graf
PK
1
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.143
9.143
9.143
9.143
9.143
055
056
057
066
067
4 5 Syringes, glass, Fortuna Optimafi
Borosilicate glass. With centre glass or metal luer nozzle. Interchangeable plungers and
barrels (between identical capacity syringes).
Poulten & Graf
With amber graduations. Autoclavable up to +134°C.
Capacity
5
6
ml
1
2
5
10
20
50
1
2
5
10
20
50
Material
Cone ex
Nozzle
type
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
glass
metal
metal
metal
metal
metal
metal
luer
luer
luer
luer
luer
luer
luer-lock
luer-lock
luer-lock
luer-lock
luer-lock
luer-lock
PK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1284
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
021
022
025
030
032
035
061
062
065
070
072
075
6 7 Glass-metal syringes
With calibrated glass cylinder and plunger made of stainless steel.
Plungers and cylinders interchangeable.
With central metal cone.
Graduated. Sterilizable ip to +200°C.
7
Cat. No.
Capacity
ml
1
2
5
10
20
50
1
2
5
10
20
50
Type
Henke-Sass, Wolf
PK
Luer
Luer
Luer
Luer
Luer
Luer
Luer-Lock
Luer-Lock
Luer-Lock
Luer-Lock
Luer-Lock
Luer-Lock
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E & OE.
Cat. No.
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
9.222
221
222
225
230
232
235
241
242
245
250
252
255
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Syringes-Detection
1 Syringe needles, disposable
1
Sterile. Individually wrapped. Disposable. Luer fitting with plastic sheath.
Type
Pravaz
Pravaz
Pravaz
Pravaz
Pravaz
Pravaz
Pravaz
1
2
12
14
16
18
20
Dia.
mm
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.5
0.4
Length
mm
40
40
30
30
25
25
20
Colour
PK
yellow
green
black
blue
blue
brown
grey
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Cat. No.
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
9.410
101
102
112
114
116
118
120
2 Disposable syringe needles
2
Stainless steel. With Luer push-on fitting for use with disposable syringes. Supplied sterile in boxes of 100.
Gauge
18G
19G
20G
21G
23G
25G
x
x
x
x
x
x
1½ inch*
1½ inch
1 inch*
1½ inch*
1 inch
5
/8 inch
Dia.
mm
1.2
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.5
Length
mm
40
40
25
40
25
16
PK
100
100
100
100
100
100
Cat. No.
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
9.950
302
303
304
305
306
307
9.950 302 is a thin wall needle with a short bevel. 9.950 304 and 9.950 305 are intravenous thin wall needles.
3 Micro capillary tubes
3
These disposable capillary tubes fill automatically from end to end. Accuracy is better than 1 %. A capillary tube holder is supplied in each pack. Also contains a small bulb with aperture, which can be inserted into capillary tube and
used as an effective support for filling and emptying tubes.
Capacity
µl
0.5
1.0
2.0
5.0
10.0
PK
100
100
100
100
100
Cat. No.
9.020
9.020
9.020
9.020
9.020
192
193
194
195
196
4 Chromatography sprayer SG 1
4
CFC-free spraying with powerful and quiet pump.The finest spray is produced even when the battery power is low.
Liquids, up to the viscosity of light oil, can be finely sprayed at the touch of a button. Particle diameter 5 to 10 µm
with a throughput of 20 ml/min. based on water. The reservoir bottle for the spray reagent is made of borosilicate
glass. The bottle is screwed into the high-grade PTFE nozzle and can be changed in seconds.
With quick-charging dock as a storage base. Overload protection enables continuous storage of the sprayer in the
charging station. Supplied with battery, battery charger, bottle and nozzle.
Type
PK
Cat. No.
SG 1
Reservoir, 50 ml
1
10
9.539 045
9.539 046
5 Special atomiser
5
With rubber blowball for nebulising reagents. Can be connected to other compressed air supplies.
Type
Special atomiser
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.024 000
1285
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Detection
1
1 Test tube atomiser
Glass atomiser for nebulising small amounts of reagents. Atomiser can be inserted in a 12 ml test tube with a ground
joint and held in position with a spring clip.
Type
Test tube atomiser
2
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.023 990
2 Spray box with fan
For spraying TLC plates with aggressive media. Housing made of acid-resistant PVC for plates up to 200 x 200 mm.
Low-noise extraction fan supplies 400 m³/h.
The exhaust tube leads upwards and can be connected to NW 100 extraction tubing.
Reagent droplets are collected in a separate drip tray. Size (WxDxH) 620 x 610 x 580 mm.
Type
Spray box with fan
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.020 031
3 Thermoplate S
Electronically controlled, precision laboratory hotplate. For controlled, constant heating of dipped TLC plates for
increased reproducibility and evaluation. Rapid evaporation of the solvent is enabled by the direct warming of the plated zone. Provides defined intermediate drying for multiple processing. Also used for reduction or evaporation of small
liquid quantities at constant temperatures or warming of reaction mixtures at a preset temperature, e.g. for colorimetric analysis. Visual control of colour build-up. Temperature is preset and displayed digitally.
3
Hotplate:
Temperature range:
Accuracy:
240 x 240 mm
25 to 199°C
±2°C
Type
Thermoplate S
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.023 840
4 Analytical lamps, CabUVIS
With back lighting. Constant lighting, low-pressure mercury tubes and UV-Filter for 254 and 366 nm wavelength output. Incident and back lighting with 8 W daylight fluorescent tube lamps and 200 x 200 mm diffusing screen. Basic
unit is supplied with transparent cover screen. Optional attachment allows observation or documentation of films without a darkroom.
Type
CabUVIS
4
1286
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.539 341
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Detection
1
2
1 2 HPLC Detector lamps
Kinesis
Type
For
PK
Cat. No.
LD-ABI-100
ABI 757 759 783A 785A 1000S 980 120A 130A D2 Lamp
1
4.007 053
LD-AGI-101
LD-AGI-104
LD-AGI-104LL
LD-AGI-105
LD-AGI-105LL
LD-DIO-102LL
LD-DIO-105LL
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Agilent
Dionex
Dionex
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4.007
4.007
4.007
4.007
4.007
4.007
4.007
LD-GIL-101
Gilson115/116/117/118/119/151/152/155/156 D2 Lamp
1
4.007 108
LD-JAS-101LL
Jasco 970 975 (B & C Series) 1570 1575 2075 D2 Lamp
1
4.007 112
LD-KNA-101
LD-MEH-100
Knauer Wellchrom K2000 K2500 K2501 D2 Lamp
Hitachi LaChrom L Series, Elite, U Series nosed D2 Lamp
1
1
4.007 115
4.007 127
LD-PER-100-3
LD-PER-160
Perkin Elmer Series 200 D2 Lamp XPack3
PE Lambda 2 to 45 800 900 Bio, 55X Series LC480 D2 Lamp
1
1
4.007 132
4.007 139
LD-SHI-101LL
Shimadzu SPD-10A, AVP, AV, AVVP, M10AVP, 20A, 20AV Lamp
1
4.007 156
LD-SHI-102
LD-SHI-103LL
LD-TSP-102
Shimadzu Spectrophotometer D2 Lamp
Shimadzu LC2010 Longlife D2 Longlife Lamp
TSP UV100/1000/2000/3000 Focus Spectrachrom D2 Lamp
1
1
1
4.007 157
4.007 159
4.007 164
LD-TSP-106
LD-VAR-103LL
TSP UV 6000 DAD Surveyor D2 Lamp
Varian UV50/100/200 9050 Prostar 310 D2 Longlife lamp
1
1
4.007 167
4.007 173
LD-VAR-105LL
LD-WAT-102
LD-WAT-104LL
LD-WAT-105LL
Varian Prostar 325 335 Longlife D2 Lamp
Waters 486 D2 Lamp
Waters 996, 2996 PDA Longlife D2 Lamp
Waters 2487 Longlife D2 Lamp
1
1
1
1
4.007
4.007
4.007
4.007
1050C 1050DAD 1090 D2 Lamp
1100 VWD D2 Lamp
1100 VWD Longlife D2 Lamp
1100 DAD, 8453 D2 Lamp
1100, 1200 DAD Longlife D2 Lamp
PDA-100, PDA-3000, AD-25 D2 Lamp
Ultimate UVD 3000 Nano LC D2 Longlife Lamp
E & OE.
058
061
064
067
070
096
099
176
184
186
188
1287
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Detection-Accessories
1 UV analysis lamps HP-UVISfi
1
For UV analysis without a darkroom. High-pressure mercury lamp emits very intense radiation at 366 nm for fluorochemical analytical evaluation. Specially selected 254 nm filters enable optimal contrast. Minimal footprint in spite of
simultaneous observation points for two 200 x 200 mm plates. Inclined plate angle gives comfortable viewing.
Dimensions (WxDxH) 325 x 280 x 475 mm. Supply requirements 230 V.
Type
HP-UVIS
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.539 360
2 UV irradiation systems BIO-LINK
2
-
Compact and powerful, ideal for a broad range of applications
Precise measurement and control technology, non-ageing UV sensors
Choice for irradiation parameter energy or time
Easy operation: Programme memory, storage of the last parameters, programme resumes after opening of the door,
auto-restart after power failure
- Secure and stable construction, very easy to use
- Available in 3 different wavelengths
- Easy exchange of the UV tubes for wavelength change
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Housing:
350 x 360 x 305mm
Interior:
260 x 330 x 145mm
Type
Description
Tubes
BLX-E254
BLX-E312
BLX-E365
UV crosslinker
UV irradiation system
UV irradiation system
5x8W
5x8W
5x8W
Wavelength
nm
254
312
365
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
1
9.971 923
9.971 924
9.971 925
3 TLC Viewing cabinets
3
Model CN-6:
- for one or two UV hand lamps model VL-6; choice of combined wavelengths 254nm, 312nm and 365nm
- cabinet dimensions (WxDxH): 300 x 280 x 240mm; easy access also for large samples
Model CN-15:
- integral high intensity UV lamps, extra large capacity; easy access also for large samples; white-light bulb for normal observation
- removable bottom panel for use with an ETX Professional Line transilluminator
- cabinet dimensions (W x D x H): 505 x 415 x 280mm
Type
Description
Tubes
CN-6
CN-15.LC*
without UV handlamps
with integrated UV tubes and white-light source
2 x 15W each
Wavelength
nm
365 / 254
PK
Cat. No.
1
1
9.971 926
9.971 927
Other models available on request
TLC accessories set
MACHEREY-NAGEL
Description
PK
DC simultaneous chamber for up to 5 plates, 20 x 20 cm
Laboratory atomiser, glass with rubber bulb
Glass capillary 1 µl
Outlining templates
Chromatography Paper MN 260, 7,5 x 17 cm (for saturating)
4
1
1
150
2
100
Cat. No.
9.003
4.004
7.056
4.004
4.004
500
909
849
903
907
4 TLC plate cutter
For scoring and cutting glass backed TLC plates. For cost-effectiveness in plate use, or in order to give
individual plates different derivatives after separation. Supplied with cutting ring and template.
Type
TLC plate cutter
1288
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.539 041
14. Chromatography
GENERAL CATALOGUE 2010/11
Thin-layer chromatography/Accessories-General Accessories
1 Universal application and evaluation templates
1
Plexiglass. Simplifies application, marking and evaluation of thin layer chromatograms. Size 200 x 200 mm.
Type
Universal application and evaluation templates
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.020 131
2 Outlining templates
2
With limit stops for precise positioning of the plate on the template. Provide precise pipette guidance due to triangular
apertures in a 5 mm spaced grid, providing 9, 19 or 39 outlining points, depending on the size of the template.
A non-slip coating means that the outlining template does not slide on the bench.
Width
mm
100
50
100
200
Length
mm
100
50
200
200
PK
1
1
1
1
Cat. No.
9.020
9.020
9.020
9.020
134
135
136
137
3 Laboratory dryer
3 position power switch, 230V a.c. (0/700/1400W). With 2 heat/blower speed settings, nozzle attachment, cold air
button, detachable air filter and a 3 metre mains lead.
Type
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.018 995
3
Laboratory dryer
Profi-labdryer PHT 30
3 heating levels, 3 cooling levels and 3 fan speeds giving 12 heating/ventilation combinations. Overheat protected.
Removable inlet grille with filter.
Supply requirement: 230 to 240V, 50 Hz, 1600 - 1800 W.
Type
Profi Labdryer
E & OE.
PK
Cat. No.
1
9.106 809
1289